General Betting Rules

General RulesTop

  1. All bets accepted by Fitzbet are subject to these rules;

  2. Fitzbet reserves the right to cancel any bet made on obviously "wrong" odds, switched odds or a bet made after an event has started;

  3. Fitzbet reserves the right to refuse, restrict, cancel or limit any bet;

  4. Bets are settled only after the contest is final;

  5. The winner of an event will be determined on the date of the event's conclusion; Fitzbet does not recognize protested or overturned decisions for betting purposes. The result of an event suspended after the start of competition will be decided according to the betting rules specified for that sport by Fitzbet;

  6. By the laws of the Lottery and Gaming Authorities in Malta, no one under the age of 18 is permitted to make a bet;

  7. All rules, regulations and payoffs contained herein are subject to changes and revisions by Fitzbet without prior written notice;

  8. Maximum bet/payout amounts on all sporting events will be determined by Fitzbet and are subject to change without prior written notice. Fitzbet also reserves the right to adjust limits on individual accounts as well;

  9. In the event funds are credited to a customer's account in error, it is incumbent upon the customer to notify Fitzbet of the aforesaid error without delay;

  10. Members are solely responsible for their own account transactions. Please make sure to review and confirm your bets for any mistakes before sending them in. Once a transaction is complete, it cannot be changed. Fitzbet does not take responsibility for missing or duplicate bets made by the client and will not entertain discrepancy requests because a play is missing or duplicated.

    Clients may review their transactions in the "My Sports Betting Account” of the site after each session to ensure all requested bets were accepted;

  11. Disputes must be lodged within seven (7) days from the date the bet in question has been decided. No claims will be honored after this period. The client is solely responsible for their account transactions;

  12. All account balances and transactions appear in the currency selected at the time the account was originally opened;

  13. Winnings will always be calculated using European Odds. Please note, that when converting odds into the British standard, round-off errors may occur, since some odds don't have an exact translation into British-style fractions. Here, we'll show the nearest fractional odds;

  14. Fitzbet reserves the right to suspend a client account without prior notice and return all funds to the main wallet;

  15. In the event of there being a discrepancy between the English language version of these rules and any other language version, the English language version will be considered to be correct;

  16. Accumulators (Parlays, Multis): If certain outcomes are "mutually dependent" (example: place bet on Chelsea to win the English Premier League combined with a home win in the last deciding game) these bets will be voided;

  17. Any bets placed with a system bet will not count for the wagering requirement in Bonus;

  18. Live Score Update is for guidance only.

  19. All live bets are subject to an acceptance delay period before being accepted or rejected, a time interval in which the bet has the status “Pending”. If any significant event happened inside this acceptance delay, determining significant odds changes that reflect the actual state of play, the bet will be rejected and the stake returned to the customer at the end of acceptance period.

    A message notifying the rejection or acceptance will be displayed in the betting slip; it's customer's responsibility to check whether a live bet was accepted or not in the Bet History section of the account;

    Example 1: In-running soccer game, a customer placed a bet on 1X2 market and a goal is scored while their bet is still pending, waiting for approval. The system will automatically reject this bet at the end of bet’s acceptance delay due to the new state of play, there are significant odds changes in 1X2 market;

    Example 2: In-running basketball game, a customer placed a bet on Over Under X Points market and a 3-pointer is scored while the bet is still pending, waiting for approval. The system will automatically reject this bet at the end of bet’s acceptance delay if those 3 points trigger significant changes in Over / Under odds;

  20. A multiple bet which contains one or more live selections will be accepted if and only each live selection is accepted by the system after the acceptance delay. If there is one live selection which is not accepted, then the multiple bet will be automatically rejected.

    Example: Customer makes a multiple bet with Chelsea to win, Man Utd to win and Liverpool to win, all 3 matches are in-play. Chelsea to win selection is not accepted after the acceptance delay because of a goal being scored while the multiple bet was in pending, so the system will automatically void all 3 selections, and return the stake to the customer.

  21. If a match venue is changed (other than to the away team's ground), then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be voided.

    We will endeavor to identify on our website all matches played at a neutral venue. For such matches (whether indicated on our site or not), bets will stand regardless of which team is listed as the home team. In the event of a match being played on a neutral ground, the team displayed first will be considered as the home team.

  22. All abandoned matches which do not resume within 24 hours (local time is taken into consideration) are void. An exception is made for Tennis (should be finished at the tournament), and Olympic Games (should be finished at the tournament);

  23. All postponed (not begun) matches should be void if these won’t start within 48 hours. An exception is made for Soccer (multiple 48 hour according to the rules), Tennis (should be played within the tournament), Olympic Games (should be played within the tournament), Baseball (should start exactly at kick-off);

  24. Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void. For First Goalscorer, bets on players coming on as substitutes after the first goal has already been scored will also be declared;

American FootballTop

  1. General

    • Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if the incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.

    • In 2-way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.

    • If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.

    For betting purposes, winners and losers are determined by the final score (including overtime), and no minimum time for action is taken into consideration for settlement.

    If the play is suspended before the completion and not resumed within 24 hours, all bets will be scored as "no action" and the money will be refunded.

    All bets on the game will include overtime scoring unless otherwise specified.

    Unless noted before a contest, all events must be played on the scheduled date and at the scheduled site to have action.

    Bets will be paid on the final result of a contest (normal time or extra time, where applicable).

    Statistics provided by the official website of the relevant competition will be used to settle wagers. In the absence of an official website, or when significant conflicting evidence is present, bets will be settled based on an official score provider.

    NFL Propositions will be graded using the results listed at www.NFL.com.

    Arena Football Propositions will be graded using the results listed at www.Arenafootball.com

  2. 2way (Including OT)
    Predict the winner of the game. Bets include overtime if played. If the game ends in a draw, 2Way bets on Winner will be void.

  3. Total (Including OT)
    Predict if the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number. In the event of a game being abandoned before 55 minutes are played, all bets are voided unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  4. 1x2 Winner
    Predict the winner of the game. Home, Draw or Away.

  5. Spread
    Predict the winner of the game, applying the given spread (handicap).

  6. Double chance (1X - 12 - X2)
    A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet.
    The following options are available:
    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.
    X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.
    1 or 2 - if the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are winners.
    Bets do not include overtime.

  7. Winning Margin
    Predict the team to win the match and the margin of victory. Overtime is included (if played).

  8. Race to
    Predict which team will be the first to score X points in the game. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

  9. Halftime/Fulltime
    Predict the result of a match at halftime and fulltime.
    Example: If you choose 1/2, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the away team to win the game.
    Bets on Halftime/Fulltime exclude overtime.

  10. Team with Highest Scoring Half
    Predict the team with the highest scoring half. Tie is an option. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void.

  11. Method of Next Score
    Predict the method of next score in the match. Points after Touchdown do not count as scorers. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void unless the outcome of a bet is already determined. In the absence of score bets will be void. Possible selections are: Touch down, Field Goal or Any Other Score.

  12. Highest Scoring Half (3W)
    Predict the highest scoring half. Second half does not include OT, unless otherwise stated. Tie is an option. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

  13. Highest Scoring Quarter (5W)
    Predict the highest scoring quarter. 4th Quarter does not include OT, unless otherwise stated. Tie is an option. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

  14. Next Score
    Two-way selection to predict which team will score next in the match. Points after Touchdown do not count as scorers. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void unless the outcome of a bet is already determined. Possible selections are: Team A or Team B.

  15. Total Team Points
    "Total team points" is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the points accumulated by a named team.

  16. Odd/Even (Including OT)
    Predict if accumulated points by both teams will add up to an odd or even number.

  17. To Go to Overtime
    Will the game be tied at the end of regulation time? If the points are tied, then overtime will come into play where the teams will play an additional quarter until a winner is determined. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  18. Next Team to Score (Including OT)
    Predict which team will win next point - Home, No point or Away.

  19. 1st Half - 3way
    The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action. Bets settled on the first half result only. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before halftime. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  20. 2nd Half
    Bets settled on the second half result do not include overtime.

  21. 1st Half Handicap
    The game or the relevant half must be completed for bets to have action. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  22. 1st Half Total
    The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action unless settlement of bets has already been determined. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  23. 1st Half - Draw No Bet
    If the match ends in a draw after the 1st half, all bets are considered voided. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  24. 1st Half team score over under
    The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action unless settlement of bets was already determined. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  25. 1st Half - Odd/Even
    The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  26. 1st Half - Next points (team)
    Which team will win Xth point first half? Home, No point or Away. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  27. Highest Scoring Quarter
    Quarter with most points wins-1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, Equals. Overtime is not included in 4th Quarter.

  28. 1st/2nd/3rd Quarter 3way Home-Draw-Away
    The game or relevant quarter must be completed for the bets to have action, unless settlement of bets was already determined.

  29. 4th Quarter 3way: Home- Draw-Away
    The game or relevant quarter must be completed for the bets to have action, unless settlement of bets was already determined. Overtime is not included (unless otherwise stated).

  30. 1st/2nd/3rd Quarter over/under
    The game or relevant quarter must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets was already determined.

  31. 4th Quarter over/under
    The game or relevant quarter must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets was already determined. Overtime is not included (unless otherwise stated).

  32. Total Field Goals Over/Under
    Predict the total number of successful field goals during a game from both teams. Field Goal - even if a team has failed to get into the end zone for a touchdown during their possession, they may feel they are close enough to exercise the option of kicking the ball between the goal posts for three points. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  33. 1st Half Total FGs
    Predict the number of FGs scored in the 1st Half. If the 1st Half is not completed, then all bets are void unless the outcome has already been determined.

  34. 2nd Half Total FGs
    Predict the number of FGs in the 2nd Half. If the 2nd half is not completed, then all bets are void unless the outcome has already been determined. 2nd half does not include OT, unless otherwise stated.

  35. First Scoring Team Wins
    The team that scores first also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  36. Last Scoring Team Wins
    The team that scores last also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  37. Longest Touchdown Scored
    How many yards will the longest touchdown of the game be. Ex: Over 25.5 yards or Over 30.5 yards. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  38. Shortest Touchdown Scored
    How many yards will the shortest touchdown of the game be. Ex: Under 30.5 yards or Under 35.5 yards. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  39. Team Last Touchdown Scorer
    The team of the player who scores the last Touchdown of the game. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  40. Touchdowns Over/Under
    The number of total touchdowns that both teams combined will score. The entirety of the time period on the wager (quarter/half/game) must be played for wager to have action unless result has already been determined. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  41. Team to Score First Touchdown
    Predict which team will score first TD in the game. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

  42. Team to Score Last Touchdown
    Predict which team will score last TD in the game. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void.

  43. Two Point Conversion
    After a touchdown is scored, the scoring team has an opportunity to score additional points by either kicking the ball between the goal posts in the end zone (one point) or throwing or carrying the ball into the end zone from two yards away (i.e., the two-yard line) for two additional points. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  44. Total Score
    Predict the number of goals scored in the game. User has the option to bet on exactly, range and x or more points.

  45. Highest Scoring Event Part
    Predict in which Event Part will be scored most. Field Goals Over/Under: Predict if the total number of successful field goals will be over or under a certain threshold.

  46. Player Assists Over/Under
    Will a player get over or under a total of assists? Overtime is included.

  47. HT/FT, Ordinary Time
    Predict the result at halftime (home, draw or away) and at the end of the regulation (Overtime not included).

  48. HT/FT, Whole Match
    Predict the result at halftime (home, draw or away) and at the end of the match. Overtime is included (regular season only).

  49. Team to Make Xth Score
    Predict who will make the quoted score, from the given options, for the mentioned period.

  50. Method of Xth Score
    Predict how the quoted score will happen, from the given options, for the mentioned period.

  51. Team Method of Xth Score
    Predict how the specified team quoted score will happen, from the given options, for the mentioned period.

  52. Xth Touchdown Scorer
    Predict the player who will score the quoted touchdown in the mentioned period.

  53. Team Xth Touchdown Scorer
    Predict the player (from the specified team) who will score the quoted touchdown in the mentioned period.

  54. Team to Lead After Every Quarter
    Predict if the specified team will be ahead after all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

  55. Team to Win Every Quarter
    Predict if the specified team will win all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

  56. Team to Score in Every Quarter
    Predict if the specified team will score in all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

  57. Number of Field Goals
    Predict the number of successful field goals, from the given options in the mentioned period.

  58. Number of Touchdowns
    Predict the number of touchdowns, from the given options in the mentioned period.

  59. Player Pass Completions Over/Under
    Predict if the number of completed passes thrown by a specific player is over or under a certain threshold. Overtime is included.

  60. Most Valuable Player
    Predict which player will be awarded the Most Valuable Player (MVP) title for a specific game (e.g., Super Bowl MVP), season (e.g., NFL Regular Season MVP), or tournament.
    Bets will be settled based on the official MVP announcement by the relevant league or organizing body (e.g., the NFL).
    All bets stand regardless of player participation unless the event or award is officially canceled.
    If the MVP is determined through voting or a subjective selection process, the official result will be used to settle bets.

  61. Team to Reach Playoffs
    Predict whether a named team will qualify for the playoffs at the end of the regular season.

    Micro Markets

    Player Carry X Total Yards Over/Under
    Predict whether the named player will gain over or under the specified total yards on their indicated rushing attempt.

    Player Catch X Total Yards Over/Under
    Predict whether the named player will gain over or under the specified total yards on their indicated reception.

    Player Catch X Number of Yards
    Predict the number of yards gained by the named player on their indicated reception.

    Team Xth Drive, Yth Play Attempt Type
    Predict whether the specified play in Team’s indicated drive will be a rush or pass attempt.

    Team Xth Drive, Yth Play to be a Rushing Touchdown
    Predict whether the specified play of Team’s indicated drive will result in a rushing touchdown.

    Team Xth Drive, Yth Play to be a Passing Touchdown
    Predict whether the specified play of Team’s indicated drive will result in a passing touchdown.

    Team Xth Drive, Yth Play to be a Complete Pass
    Predict whether the specified play of Team’s indicated drive will be a completed pass.

    Team Xth Drive, Yth Play to be a Sack
    Predict whether the specified play of Team’s indicated drive will result in a quarterback sack.

    Team Xth Drive, Yth Play to Score a Touchdown
    Predict whether the specified play of Team’s indicated drive will result directly in a touchdown.

    Team Xth Drive Number of Plays
    Predict the total number of plays run during Team’s indicated drive.

    Team Xth Drive First Downs Over/Under
    Predict whether Team will record over or under the specified number of first downs in their indicated drive.

    Team Xth Drive Number of First Downs
    Predict the exact number of first downs Team will achieve in their indicated drive.

    Team Xth Drive Touchdown Scored
    Predict whether Team will score a touchdown on their indicated drive.

    Team Xth Drive Gained Yards Over/Under
    Predict whether Team will gain over or under the specified yards total on their indicated drive.

    Team Xth Drive Result 3-Way
    Predict the outcome of Team’s indicated drive: Punt / Score / Turnover.

    Team Xth Drive Result 4-Way
    Predict the outcome of Team’s indicated drive: Punt / Field Goal Attempt / Touchdown / Turnover.

    Will Team Throw an Interception in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will throw an interception during their indicated drive.

    Will Team Throw a Touchdown Pass in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will score via a touchdown pass during their indicated drive.

    Will Team Cross The 50 Yard Line in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will advance the ball past midfield during their indicated drive.

    Will Team Have a Completed Pass With Y Or More Yards in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will complete a pass of at least the specified amount of yards during their indicated drive.

    Will Team A Cross the Team B 35 Yard Line in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will advance the ball past opponent’s 35-yard line during the indicated drive.

    Will Team Have a Rush of Y Or More Yards in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will record a rushing play of at least the specified number of yards during their indicated drive.

    Will Team A Cross the Team B 20 Yard Line in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will advance the ball inside opponent’s 20-yard line during the indicated drive.

    Will Team Have a Touchdown Rush in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will score a rushing touchdown during the indicated drive.

    Will Team Make a Field Goal in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will attempt and successfully make a field goal during the indicated drive.

    Will Team Punt in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team’s indicated drive will end in a punt.

    Will Team Score Points in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team will score any points (touchdown or field goal) during the indicated drive.

    Will Team Have a Turnover in Drive X?
    Predict whether Team’s indicated drive will end in a turnover (fumble or interception).

    Will Team Start in the Possession X Past the 30 Yard Line?
    Predict whether Team will begin the specified possession with field position starting beyond their own 30-yard line.

    Where Will the Team Start in Possession X?
    Predict the starting field position of Team’s specified possession (e.g., inside own 20, 20–40 yard line, past 40, etc.).

ArcheryTop

  1. Outright Betting is all-in compete or not. The podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  2. Match Betting - In the event of a match starting but not being completed the following markets will be void, unless the specific market outcome is already determined:
    To Win Match
    Total Points (2-Way)
    Set Winner (3-Way)
    End Winner (3-Way)
    For betting purposes Extra Arrows will count.

AthleticsTop

  1. Unless otherwise stated, all bets on athletics are determined based on the result after the official stage of that competition. If neither of the listed participants takes part in the final stage, all bets will be voided, unless the governing association follows specific tie-breaking procedures, in which case these will be considered valid.

  2. All bet offers will be settled based on the first official result being presented. The Operator will not take into account and settle/resettle accordingly, following any changes to the official result issued within 24 hours after the event has taken place. For such an eventuality to be considered, the protest must be attributable to incidents happening exclusively during the event, such as a line infringement, pushes or a false handover in a relay race, etc. No doping cases will be considered. The result available at the end of the aforementioned 24 hours will not be considered as binding regardless of any further protests, changes to the official result, etc.

  3. If two more participants take part in different heats during a competition, all Head-to-Head offers between them are determined according to the official results.

  4. A participant who is disqualified due to the infringement of the start procedure (false start) will be considered to have taken part in the event. All bets placed on him will be considered as valid.

AFL - Australian Football LeagueTop

  1. General

    Minimum Time for Action: For betting purposes, winners and losers are determined by the final score (including overtime), and no minimum time for action is taken into consideration for settlement.

    If playing is suspended before the completion and has not resumed within 24 hours, all bets will be scored as "no action" and the money refunded.

    All bets on the game will include overtime scoring unless otherwise specified.

    Unless noted before a contest, all events must be played on the scheduled date and at the scheduled time to have action.

  2. AFL betting rules

    1. All wagers shall be settled on the officially declared result from the AFL. This includes match winners and goal kicking statistics

    2. Regular season fixtures and the Grand Final include extra time.

    3. For pre-season fixtures such as NAB cup and the finals series (excluding the Grand Final) where extra time is offered, bets shall be settled on the regular time result. Extra time will not be included.

    4. For the purposes of determining futures markets such as Make the Grand Final/Minor Premiership/Premiership/Top 4/ Top 8, all deductions of points by the AFL due to breaches of regulations shall stand.

    5. Brownlow Medal betting will be paid on official results as presented at the awards night.

    6. Coleman Medal betting shall only take in the regular season – NAB cup and any other preseason fixtures shall not apply. Final’s series do not apply.

    7. For first goal scorer markets, bets on players taking no part in the match shall be void. If your player is an unused substitute or takes the field as a designated substitute after a goal has been scored, then bets on your player to score the first goal shall be made void.

    8. Wire-to-Wire market is based upon a selection leading the match at the end of each quarter.

    9. Time of first goal markets is based upon official AFL clock.

  3. Gameplay specifics

    • Scoring a Points = Goals (scores 6 points) + Behinds (score 1 point)

    • Like many other codes of football, the way to score points is to score goals. In Australian Football, there are two types of scores: a goal and a behind.

    • A goal umpire judges whether a goal or behind is scored.

  4. Game length
    The length of a game of Australian Football can vary from league to league but is generally around 15 to 25 minutes per quarter. In the AFL, each quarter runs for 20 minutes plus time on – which makes up for time occupied in stoppages, such as when the ball going out of bounds, injuries, goals (or behinds) being kicked, or when the umpire is setting the angle of a free kick on goal. Time is kept by two off-field officials, known as "timekeepers", who sound the siren at the start and end of each quarter. A typical AFL quarter might run from 27 to 33 minutes, but may be even longer if, for instance, injuries cause delays. AFL breaks after the first and third quarters are six minutes, with a 20-minute break at halftime. Thus, a match with quarters averaging 30 minutes would last about two and a half hours.

  5. 1X2 at Full Time excluding OT/1st Half/2nd Half/1st Quarter
    Bets can be placed by either selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win. The game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets has already been determined.

  6. Asian Handicap at Full Time (Excluding Overtime)/1st Half/2nd Half/1st Quarter
    Predict which team will win a named period of a match after the handicap scores have been applied the game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets has already been determined.

  7. Over or Under at Full Time (Including Overtime)/1st Half/2nd Half/1st Quarter
    Predict the total goals scored in a named period in a match. The game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action unless settlement of bets has already been determined.

  8. First Team to Score at Full Time (Including Overtime)/2nd Quarter/3rd Quarter/4th Quarter
    Predict which team will score first in a named period of a match. The game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets has already been determined.

  9. Half Time/Full Time at Full Time (Including Overtime)
    Predict the result at half time and full time.

  10. Highest Scoring Quarter/Half at Full Time
    Predict in which Quarter/Half most goals will be scored. The game or relevant quarter/half must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets has already been determined.

  11. Odd or Even at Full Time (Including Overtime)/1st Half /1st Quarter/2nd Quarter/3rd Quarter/4th Quarter
    Predict if accumulated goals will add up to an odd or even number in a named period. Total points for the relevant game/half/quarter to be odd or even. The game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets has already been determined.

  12. Race To (Points/Goals/Behinds)
    Predict the Team to reach first to selected number of Points, Goals or Behinds during the match.

  13. Outright
    As stated in the AFL regulations above and overall Outright settlement – bets are declared valid for settlement as stated on official final league position.

BadmintonTop

  1. General

    In the event of a match starting but not being completed, then all bets will be voided, unless the specific market outcome is already determined.

    Statistics provided by the official website of the relevant competition or fixture will be used for settlement purposes. Where statistics from an official score(s) provider or the official website are not available, or there is significant evidence that the official score(s) provider or official website is incorrect, we will use independent evidence to support bet settlement. In the absence of consistent, independent evidence or in the presence of significant conflicting evidence, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.

  2. Match Betting:
    In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, then all bets are voided.

  3. In-Play Point Betting:
    Is offered for a player to win the nominated point. In the event of the point not being played, due to the game or match ending, all bets on that point will be voided.

  4. Set Winner:
    Predict the winner of a specific set. The respective set must be completed for bets to stand.

  5. Over Under at Full Match/1st Set/2nd Set/3rd Set:
    Predict the total number of points scored in a specified market. The game or relevant set must be completed for bets to have action.

  6. Odd or Even at Full Match/1st Set/2nd Set/3rd Set:
    Predict whether the points within a specified market will add odd or even. The game or relevant set must be completed for bets to have action.

  7. Race to X Points:
    Predict which of the two Players will reach the point figure first. Settled on the player/team who reaches the quoted number of points first. In the event of an abandonment, then all bets will be voided unless settlement is already determined.

  8. Outright/Winner:
    Predict which team/participant will win the event. Bets on non-starting participants will be refunded.

BandyTop

  1. General

    Unless otherwise stated, all bets are for regulation time only and do not include overtime. In tournaments, if a new market is formed at the end of regulation time, e.g. To Win in Overtime, then the penalty shootouts count.

    Playing Time: If the format of a match is changed for whatever reasons from 2 x 45 minutes to 3 x 30 minutes, then all bets stand except all bets that refer to either the first or the second half.

    Change of Venue: If a match venue is changed, the bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then the bets placed based on the original listing will be voided.

    Halves markets: The relevant half must be completed for bets to have action unless the specific market outcome is already determined.

    All settlements are based on the statistics and results provided by the official website of the league’s governing body on the day of the game, unless otherwise stated.

  2. Specific Market Rules
    • Total Goals Odd/Even – If there is no score all bets will be settled as Even.
    • Winning Margin – includes Tie.
    • Winning Margin 3 way – includes Any Other Result.
    • Winning Margin 5 way (Any Team) – includes Tie.
    • Highest Scoring Half – Predict the highest scoring half. Excludes overtime. Includes Draw.
    • Team with Highest Scoring Half – Predict the team with highest scoring half. Push rule applies.
    • Half Time / Full Time – Predict the winner at the end of the 1st Half and the Full-Time winner.
    • Race to X Goals – includes Neither.

BaseballTop

  1. General

    The Operator does not recognize postponed games, protests or overturned decisions for betting purposes. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to have action. If a game has been postponed or cancelled before its due start time, then all bets are considered to no action.

    MLB Propositions will be graded using the results listed at www.MLB.com

  2. Match Winner
    Predict which team will win the game.
    There must be at least 5 full innings of play, unless the team batting second is leading after 4.5 innings, for bets to stand.
    If the game is called or suspended after this point of the game is reached, then the winner is determined by the score after the last full inning (unless the team batting second scores to tie or takes the lead in the bottom half of the inning, in which case the winner is determined by the score at the time the game is called).

  3. Over/Under
    Predict the total runs achieved in a match.
    The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8.5 innings if the team batting second is ahead) for bets to have action.
    If the total has already gone over the quoted total, then bets on over will be settled as winners, with bets on the under settled as losers) or where the natural conclusion of the game would have meant the outcome of the total quoted would be determined. E.g. MLB game is called or suspended at 5-5, bets on Game Totals of Over 10 or 10.5 would be settled as winners, with bets on Under 10 or 10.5 being settled as losers, since any natural conclusion to the match would have at least 11 runs;
    3-way Money Line market is related to the first 9 innings. Settlement will exclude any extra inning(s) played.
    Extra Innings market refers to any inning(s) played after the full 9 innings ended in a tie.
    Highest Scoring Period will be settled with the result including any extra inning(s) played.
    For 7 innings games the game must go at least 7 full innings (or 6½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run line to have action unless specified otherwise.
    In 2-way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
    If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
    In the case of a suspended MLB Playoff game, or College Baseball Tournament game, all wagers have action and will be graded after the completion of the game.

  4. Asian Handicap
    The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8.5 innings if the team batting second is ahead) for bets to have action; If a game is called or suspended in extra innings, the score will be determined after the last full inning unless the home team scores to tie, or takes the lead in the bottom half of the inning, in which case the score is determined at the time the game is called;

  5. Runs Odd/Even
    A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated runs in a game will add up to an odd or even number.
    It will be voided if the match is not completed.

  6. First Scoring Team Wins
    Predict if the team that scores first also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  7. Last Scoring Team Wins
    Predict if the team that scores last also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  8. Total Score
    Predict the number of runs accumulated in the game. The user has the possibility to bet on exactly, range and more than.

  9. Highest Scoring Event Part
    Predict in which Event Part (Inning/Half) will be scored most.

  10. Live-Betting
    All bets are action regardless of pitching changes. Extra innings count.

  11. MLB wagers

    • Action Bet
      A wager on team vs. team regardless of the starting pitchers. Once a wager is placed, the odds are locked in, regardless of starting pitcher change(s) before the start of the game. Names of the starting pitchers in the selections are simply for informational purposes. The Action rules apply on wagers placed on all markets with the exception of the Listed Pitchers markets.

    • Listed Pitchers Bet
      A wager that specifies the starting pitchers for both teams or either team. The name(s) of the listed pitcher(s) that are relevant for the wager will be included in the market name. If one (or both) of the starting pitchers listed on the wager do not start, the wager is void. The Listed Pitchers rules only apply to the pre-live Listed Pitchers markets. Note - any Listed Pitchers wagers will not be available for Cash Out when the game is live.

    • Live Betting
      Names of the starting pitchers in the selections for live betting are simply for informational purposes. Live wagers are action regardless of pitching changes.

    • Cash Out Note
      For any Action bets, Cash Out will not be available in the following scenarios:
      - When the game is now live.
      - When there is a starting pitcher change after you make your bet and before the start of the game.

    • Money line
      Predict which team will win the game.

    • Regular Season Wins/Matchups
      Team must complete at least 160 regular season games (including tie breakers) for bets to have action unless the remaining games during the course of the season do not affect the result.

    • Regular Season Specials / Stats
      All markets refer to season statistics accrued in MLB and are transferable between American League and National League. Statistics accrued in any other League do not count. All bets stand regardless of team relocation or team name change. The official site of the governing organization will be used for settlement purposes and any subsequent amendments to the results will not affect bets.

    • Run line
      Win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by both teams and then compared with the run line given before the start of the game.
      Run line -1.5 - You win if your team wins the game with a run difference of two or more.
      Run line +1.5 - You win if your team wins or loses within exactly a one run difference.

    • O/U Runs / Totals / 2W Total Line
      Predict the total runs achieved in a match.
      Over 9.5 - Your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.
      Under 9.5 - Your bets wins if there are less than 10 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.
      Under 9 - Your bets wins if there are less than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.
      Over 9 - Your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.

    • Total Hits
      Total Hits market will be settled by using the official MLB box score immediately following the conclusion of the game. The game must go at least 9 innings (8.5 innings if home team is winning) and both listed pitchers must start for the wager to have action. Extra innings count.

    • Odd/Even
      A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated runs in a game will add up to an odd or even number. The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to have action.

    • Series Betting
      Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing Organizations) are not completed or changed.

    • 1st To 3 Runs
      Predict which team will be the first to score 3 runs. If neither team scored 3 runs bets on 1st To 3 Runs will be void.

    • 1st / Last Home Run
      First/Last home run means betting on which team will score the first / last home run. If an Event is finished without any home run being scored, then all wagers on First/Last home run will be void. If an Event is abandoned after home run scored, then all bets on First home run will stand while bets on Last home run will be void. If an Event is abandoned without any home run being scored, then all wagers on First/Last home run will be void.

    • Total Team Runs
      Total Team Runs is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by a named team. The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to have action.

    • 1st Inning Winner (pre-match) and 1-9 inning money-line 3way (live)
      Predict the winner at the end of the first inning. Bets can be made by either selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win.

    • 1st Inning Run Line (pre-match) and 1-9 inning line-handicap (live)
      Bet type to predict the winner at the end of the first inning which includes preset advantage.

    • 1st Inning O/U (pre-match) and 1-9 inning line-totals (live)
      Predict the number of total runs accumulated by both teams at the end of the 1st inning.

    • 1st Inning O/E
      Predict if the total runs accumulated by both teams will be odd or even.

    • Team with Highest Inning
      Which team will score most runs in an inning? Push rules apply.

    • 3/5/7 Innings Lines/Totals
      Bets will be finalized after the first 3/5/7 innings of a game have been completed unless the result has been determined at (or after) the middle of the 3/5/7 inning.

    • Exact Score First 3/5/7 Innings
      Bets will be finalized after the first 3/5/7 innings of a game have been completed. If the full 3/5/7 innings are not completed, bets will be void.

    • Both Teams Score First 3/5/7 Innings
      Bets will be finalized after the first 3/5/7 innings of a game have been completed, unless the result has been determined.

    • 3W Run Line and 3W Handicap
      Predict the winner with preset game advantage. There are 3 possible outcomes that include the preset game advantage – Home win, Draw and Away Win.

    • 3W Total Runs
      Predict if the total runs accumulated by both teams will be Over, Under or Exactly preset number.

    • Winning Margin
      Predict the winning team and exactly by how many runs this team will win by choosing from given options.

    • Total Team Runs O/E
      Predict if the number of runs accumulated by the relevant team will be odd or even.

    • Double Result / HTFT
      Predict the result of a match after the First 5 innings and at the end of the game (Extra Innings count). If a game is abandoned, bets will be void. If the result after the extra innings is a draw, bets will be void.

    • MLB Player Props Rules
      On any prop, the player(s) must start, and either throw at least one pitch (if pitchers) or have at least one plate appearance (if position players) in the designated game for the wager to have action. On any batting props, the opposing listed pitcher must start and throw at least one pitch for the wager to have action. For any props to have action, the game must go at least 9 innings (8.5 innings if home team are ahead), unless the outcome has been determined and at least 5 innings have been played (4.5 innings if home team are ahead). For Total Bases Propositions, a batter is only credited for total bases if they hit a single (1 base), double (2 bases), triple (3 bases), or home run (4 bases). Pitcher propositions “Total Runs Allowed” include both earned and unearned runs. Head to head player props for a specific game will have action as long as those players start and the game becomes official.

    • MLB Grand Salami
      Predict total number of runs scored in all games scheduled in MLB for that given day. All scheduled games must play at least 9 innings (8.5 if the home team is leading) for wagers on the Grand Salami to have action and all games must be started on their scheduled date. If any of the games are postponed, all wagers will be voided. Note: For the Grand Salami (Away Runs vs Home Runs), the home team runs will be the runs scored by the teams batting in the bottom of the inning.

    • To Qualify
      Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification/win the cup bets will be void for.

    • Outright
      Bets settled on final league position include play offs.

    • Highest Scoring Event part
      Predict which inning will feature the most points. Excludes extra inning, if 2 or more innings have the same score, Draw will be settled as the result.

  12. Team to Score Run X
    A bet on this market will be settled on the team that scores the Xth run of the game (e.g., 3rd run). If the specified run number is not reached during the game, all bets are void.

  13. Most Valuable Player
    Predict which player will be awarded the Most Valuable Player (MVP) title for a specific game (e.g., World Series MVP), season (e.g., MLB Regular Season MVP), tournament or series. Bets will be settled based on the official MVP announcement by the relevant league or organizing body (e.g., MLB). All bets stand regardless of player participation unless the event or award is officially canceled. If the MVP is determined through voting or a subjective selection process, the official result will be used to settle bets.

    Micro Markets

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Total Pitches
      A bet on this market will be settled based on the number of official pitches seen by the named player during their Xth plate appearance (e.g., 2nd plate appearance). All pitch types count (balls, strikes, fouls, in-play). If the player does not complete the Xth plate appearance, the bet will be void.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance to Reach Base: Yes/No
      Predict whether a specific player will successfully reach base (via hit, walk, or hit by pitch) during their Xth plate appearance in the game. Reaching base on by error also counts unless otherwise stated.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Result 3-Way: Walk or HBP / Hit / Out
      A 3-way market on the outcome of a player's indicated plate appearance. The options are: reaching base via walk or hit by pitch; reaching base via a hit (single, double, triple, or home run); or being put out (including strikeout, flyout, groundout, etc.).

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Result 3-Way: Strike or Foul / Ball / In Play
      Predict the result of the specified pitch in a player’s indicated plate appearance. "Strike or Foul" includes swinging strikes, looking strikes, and fouls. "Ball" is any pitch called a ball. "In Play" means the pitch results in a ball being put into play.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Speed Over/Under
      Predict whether the speed (in miles per hour) of the specified pitch during the player’s indicated plate appearance will be over or under a specific line.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Result 8-Way:
      A detailed 8-way market on the exact outcome of the player’s indicated plate appearance. Possible outcomes are Home Run / Strikeout / Triple / Walk or HBP / Double / In Play Out / Reach On Error / Single.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Speed Bands
      A market offering multiple predefined speed ranges (bands) for the specified pitch in a player’s indicated plate appearance. Settlement is based on which band the pitch falls into, according to official pitch tracking data.

    • Player Total Pitches Time at Bat X:
      Predict either the exact number of pitches faced during the player’s indicated time at bat or whether they will face more than a specified number of pitches. All legal pitches are counted, including balls, strikes, fouls, and pitches put into play.

    • Team to Hit a Home Run: Yes / No
      Predict whether the specified team will hit at least one home run during the game / or indicated inning. Home runs must be officially recorded and include both solo and multi-run homers.

    • Team Batters Over/Under
      Predict if the total number of different batters used by a team during the game is over or under a specified threshold. Substitute batters and pinch-hitters count.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance to Get An RBI
      Predict whether the specified player will record a Run Batted In (RBI) during their indicated plate appearance in the game. If the plate appearance does not occur, bets are void.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Inplay or Not – Inplay
      Predict whether the specified pitch, in the player’s indicated plate appearance will result in the ball being put into play. In baseball, "inplay" refers to a pitch that results in the ball being hit into fair territory and put into play, meaning the defense has an opportunity to record an out or the batter can reach base.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance to Get a Single
      Predict whether the specified player records a single during their indicated plate appearance. In baseball, a single is a type of base hit where the batter safely reaches first base after hitting the ball into fair territory, without the help of an error or a fielder's choice. Bets are void if the plate appearance does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance to Get a Hit
      Predict whether the specified player gets any type of hit (single, double, triple, or home run) in their indicated plate appearance. Reaching base on error or walk does not count. Bets are void if the plate appearance does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance to Get a Home Run
      Predict whether the specified player hits a home run in their indicated plate appearance. Bets are void if the plate appearance does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance to Get a Walk
      Predict whether the specified player is awarded a walk in their indicated plate appearance. Hit by pitch does not count. Bets are void if the plate appearance does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Ball/HBP Or Not
      Predict whether the specified pitch in the player’s indicated plate appearance results in a ball or hit by pitch. Any other result (strike, in play, foul) results in a "No". Bets are void if the pitch does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Strike/In Play or Not
      Predict whether the specified pitch is ruled either a strike (called, swinging, or foul) or results in the ball being put in play. "Yes" wins if either condition is met. Bets are void if the pitch does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitch Y Result 4-Way
      A four-way market on the result of the specified pitch in the player’s indicated plate appearance. Settlement is based on the first definitive result recorded for that pitch. Bets are void if the pitch does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Pitches Over/Under
      Predict the number of pitches faced by the batter in their indicated plate appearance. Includes balls, strikes, fouls, and in-play results. Bets are void if the plate appearance does not occur.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Result 3-Way No Bet On ROE/HBP – Hit / Out / Walk
      A 3-way market settled based on the outcome of the player’s indicated plate appearance, excluding cases where the batter reaches base by error or is hit by a pitch, which result in void bets. Market outcomes include: Hit / Out / Walk.

    • Player Xth Plate Appearance Result 4-Way No Bet On ROE/HBP – Hit / Inplay Out / Strikeout / Walk
      A 4-way market settled based on the outcome of the player’s indicated plate appearance, excluding cases where the batter reaches base on error or is hit by a pitch, which result in void bets. Market outcomes include: Hit / Inplay Out / Strikeout / Walk.

BasketballTop

  1. General

    Minimum Time for Action: For betting purposes, winners and losers are determined by the final score (including overtime), and there is no minimum time for action for settlement.

    If playing is suspended before completion and not resumed in 24 hours, all bets will be scored as "no action" and the money refunded.

    All bets on the game will include overtime scoring, unless stated otherwise.

    Champions League - If a match finishes in a tie and overtime is not played, Match betting and Normal Time Match Betting (2 way) will be settled as a push.

    If a match does not finish in a tie, but overtime is played for qualification purposes, the markets will be settled according to the result at the end of the whole match, including overtime.

    Overtime does not count for bets concerning the 4th quarter (1x2 4th Quarter, Home Away 4th Quarter, Over/Under 4th Quarter, Asian Handicap 4th Quarter, etc.) unless otherwise stated;

    Unless noted before a contest, all events must be played on the scheduled date and at the scheduled place to have action.

    These rules apply to both college and professional basketball.

    NBA results are graded using stats from www.NBA.com;

    NCAA Basketball results are graded using stats from www.espn.com;

  2. 1X2 at Full Time/1st Half/2nd Half/1st Quarter/2nd Quarter/3rd Quarter/4th Quarter
    If playing is suspended and not resumed within 24 hours from when it was scheduled, all bets will be scored as 'no action' and all money refunded, unless they are already decided. Overtime’s score is excluded from 2nd Half and 4th Quarter markets. All Quarter markets will be settled according to the result of the relevant quarter. Quarters must be finished in order for bets on them to be settled. If the game is abandoned during the scheduled playing time, bets on the running and following quarters will be void.

  3. Home Away at Full Time Including Overtime
    Predict which team will be the winner. The match must end for bets to stand.

  4. Over Under at Full Time Including Overtime/1st Half/2nd Half/1st Quarter/2nd Quarter/3rd Quarter/4th Quarter
    Predict if the points scored by both teams in the named period will be over or under a given number. All Quarter markets will be settled according to the result of the relevant quarter. Quarters must be finished in order for bets on them to be settled. If the game is abandoned during the scheduled playing time, bets on the running and following quarters will be void.
    The game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action.

  5. Asian Handicap at Full Time Including Overtime/1st Half/2nd Half/1st Quarter/2nd Quarter/3rd Quarter/4th Quarter
    Predict which team will be the winner in the named period, applying the given spread to the score. All Quarter markets will be settled according to the result of the relevant quarter. Quarters must be finished in order for bets on them to be settled. If the game is abandoned during the scheduled playing time, bets on the running and following quarters will be void.
    If playing is suspended and not resumed the same day it was scheduled, all bets will be scored as 'no action' and all money refunded, unless they are already decided.

  6. Double chance
    A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet. The following options are available:
    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.
    X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.
    1 or 2 - if the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are the winners.

  7. Highest Scoring Half/Quarter
    Predict in which half/quarter most points will be scored. OT is not included in 2nd Half/4th Quarter.

  8. To Go to Overtime
    Predict in which half/quarter most points will be scored. If overtime is played, while the regulation time result was not tied, all bets will be void.

  9. Race To X Points
    Predict which team will be the first to reach “X” points. If the game is abandoned before any team reaches the quoted number of points, bets will be void.

  10. Winning Margin
    Predict the winning team and exactly by how many points this team will win by choosing from given options.

  11. Team Score Over/Under
    Predict if a certain team will score more or less points than a given number.

  12. 2nd/3rd/4th Quarter Total Team Points
    Predict if a certain team will score more or less points in 2nd/3rd Quarter than a given number.
    Predict if a certain team will score more or less points in 4th Quarter than a given number. Overtime not included if played.

  13. Team Odd/Even
    Predict if the points scored by a certain team will add up to an odd or an even number.

  14. Total Odd/Even
    Predict if the points scored by both teams will add up to an odd or an even number.

  15. 2nd Half Odd/Even
    Predict if the points scored by both teams in 2nd half will add up to an odd or an even number. Overtime not included if played.

  16. 2nd Half Teams Odd/Even
    Predict if the points scored by a certain team in 2nd half will add up to an odd or an even number, overtime not included if played.

  17. 2nd/3rd/4th Quarter Odd/Even
    Predict if the points scored by both teams in 2nd/3rd Quarter will add up to an odd or an even number.
    Predict if the points scored by both teams in 4th Quarter will add up to an odd or an even number. Overtime not included if played.

  18. 2nd/3rd/4th Quarter Teams Odd/Even
    Predict if the points scored by a certain team in 2nd/3rd Quarter will add up to an odd or an even number.
    Predict if the points scored by a certain team in 4th Quarter will add up to an odd or an even number. Overtime not included if played.

  19. Last Team to score
    Predict which team will get the last point based on the current scores.

  20. First Team to Score
    Predict which team will score first.

  21. HT/FT
    Predict the result of the game at half time and at the end of the game, including overtime if played. If a game is abandoned or for some reason ends in a draw and no overtime is played, bets will be void.

  22. Which Team Wins Jump Ball
    Predict which team will have the first possession/jump ball.

  23. Points Won Over/Under
    Total points of a team is over or under a parameter.

  24. Point Winner
    Which team will get the X-th point?

  25. Last Scoring Team Wins
    Predict if the team that scores last also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  26. Total Score
    Predict the number of points scored in the game, the user has the possibility to bet on exactly, range and more than.

  27. Team with the Highest Scoring Quarter
    Predict which team will score the most points in any quarter. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void. This bet type does not include overtime, if played. Push rules apply.

  28. Team to Lead After Every Quarter
    Predict if the specified team will be ahead after all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

  29. Team to Win Every Quarter
    Predict if the specified team will win all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

  30. Team to Score in Every Quarter
    Predict if the specified team will score in all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

  31. HT/FT, Ordinary Time
    Predict the result at halftime (home, draw or away) and at the end of the regulation (Overtime not included).

  32. HT/FT, Whole Match
    Predict the result at halftime (home, draw or away) and at the end of the match (home or away). Overtime is included.

  33. Player Points Over/Under
    Will a player get over or under a number of points in the match? Overtime points are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  34. Player Turnovers Over/Under
    Will the player have over or under the chosen number of turnovers. A turnover can result from the ball being stolen, the player making mistakes such as stepping out of bounds, illegal screen, a double dribble, having a pass intercepted, throwing the ball out of bounds, three-second violation, five-second violation, or committing an error such as traveling, a shot clock violation, palming, a backcourt violation, or committing an offensive foul. A technical foul against a team that is in possession of the ball is a blatant example of a turnover, because the opponent is awarded a free throw in addition to possession of the ball. Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  35. Player Points, Assists and Rebounds Over/Under
    How many combined points, rebounds, and assists will a player get? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  36. Player Assists Over/Under
    Will a player get over or under a total of assists? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  37. Player Points and Assists Over/Under
    How many combined points and assists will a player get? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  38. Player Rebounds Over/Under
    Will a player get over or under a number of rebounds in the match? Overtime rebounds are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  39. Player Three's Made Over/Under
    How many three points shots will the player score in the match. Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  40. Player Points and Rebounds Over/Under
    How many combined points and rebounds will a player get? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  41. Player Assists and Rebounds Over/Under
    How many combined assists and rebounds will a player get? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  42. Player to Score First Basket
    Resulted on the first player to score in the game, inclusive of free throws, as per official box score provided by official sources.

  43. Player to Record A Triple Double
    Will the chosen player record a triple double? Player must record 10 or more in 3 of the following 5 statistical categories: Points, Rebounds, Assists, Blocked Shots, Steals. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  44. Player Blocks Over/Under
    How many blocks will a player get? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  45. Player Steals and Blocks Over/Under
    How many combined steals and blocks will a player get? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  46. Player Steals Over/Under
    Will a player get over or under a number of total steals? Overtime numbers are included. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  47. Player Double/Double
    Double/Double, player must record 10 or more in two of the following 5 statistical categories: Rebounds, Assists, Blocked Shots, Steals. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  48. Player Triple Double
    Triple/Double, player must record 10 or more in 3 of the following 5 statistical categories: Points, Rebounds, Assists, Blocked Shots, Steals. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  49. 3x3, Streetball, Big3
    3x3, Streetball and Big3 versions of this sport, settlement will be based on official competition rules. Where a match starts but is not completed, bets will be void unless the specific market outcome is already determined.

  50. Winner / Outright
    Bets will be settled according to the final league position including Play offs and according to the official site of the event.

  51. Regular season wins
    All scheduled games must be played for wagers to have action.

  52. To Qualify
    Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.

  53. Most Valuable Player
    Predict which player will be awarded the Most Valuable Player (MVP) title for a specific game, series, or tournament.
    All bets stand regardless of player participation unless the event or award is officially canceled. If the MVP is determined through voting or a subjective selection process, the official result will be used to settle bets.

  54. Basketball Micro Markets

    1. Next Field Goal Method 2-Way (After Score XX-YY)

      Predict whether the next field goal scored (based on the indicated score) will be a two pointer or a three pointer, based on the indicated score.
      Free throws will not be considered for settlement purposes. If no more field goals are made after bet placement, the bets will be declared void.

    2. Next Field Goal Method 4 -Way (After Score XX-YY)

      Predict which team and by which method will the next field goal be scored, based on the indicated score.
      There are four possible outcomes:
      • Home Team: Two Pointer
      • Home Team: Three Pointer
      • Away Team: Two Pointer
      • Away Team: Three Pointer
      Free throws will not be considered for settlement purposes.
      If no more field goals are made after bet placement, the bets will be declared void.

    3. Team To Score Next Field Goal (After Score XX-YY)

      Predict which team will score the next field goal, based on the indicated score.
      Free throws will not be considered for settlement purposes. If no more field goals are made after bet placement, the bets will be declared void.

    4. Team Next Possession Outcome 5-Way (After T Remaining Time)

      Predict the outcome of the specified team’s next possession, based on the indicated timestamp.
      There are five possible outcomes:
      • Two Pointer (refers to a two-points field goal made)
      • Three Pointer (refers to a three-points field goal made)
      • Missed Field Goal
      • Turnover
      • Free Throw Attempt
      If there's an offensive rebound following a missed Field Goal, the current possession is extended, for settlement purposes.
      In case of possession ending with 2 Points + 1 Point scored, the outcome ‘Two Pointer’ is settled as the winner.
      In case of possession ending with 3 Points + 1 Point scored, the outcome ‘Three Pointer’ is settled as the winner.
      In case of possession ending with a shooting foul that results in free throws, the outcome ‘Free Throw Attempt’ is settled as the winner.
      Free Throws from Technical fouls during play count while Free Throws from Technical fouls during breaks of play do not count for settlement purposes.

    5. Team to Score in Next Possession (After T Remaining Time)

      Predict the outcome of the specified team’s next possession, based on indicated timestamp.
      There are two possible outcomes:
      • Yes
      • No
      In case of possession ending with a shooting foul that results in Free Throws, the outcome ‘Yes’ is settled as the winner if at least 1 Free Throw is successful, and ‘No’ outcome is settled as the winner if all Free Throws are missed.
      Free Throws from Technical fouls during play count while Free Throws from Technical fouls during breaks of play do not count for settlement purposes.

    6. Point X Method (3-Way)

      Predict the exact type of scoring for a certain point of the game.
      There are 3 possible outcomes:
      • Free Throw
      • Two Pointer
      • Three Pointer
      If, for example, the score total is 100 (e.g.: Home Team 55-45 Away Team) and a 2-points field goal is scored, the exact scoring method “Two Pointer” will be settled as winner for both point 101 & point 102.
      If, for example, the score total is 100 (e.g.: Home Team 55-45 Away Team) and a 3-points field goal is scored, the exact scoring method “Three Pointer” will be settled as winner for point 101, point 102 & point 103.

    7. Point X Method (6-Way)

      Predict the exact type of scoring as well as which team will score a certain point of the game.
      There are 6 possible outcomes:
      • Home Team: Free Throw
      • Away Team: Free Throw
      • Home Team: Two Pointer
      • Away Team: Two Pointer
      • Home Team: Three Pointer
      • Away Team: Three Pointer
      If, for example, the score total is 100 (e.g.: Home Team 55-45 Away Team) and a 2-points field goal is scored by the Home Team, the exact scoring method “Home Team Two Pointer” will be settled as winner for both point 101 & point 102.
      If, for example, the score total is 100 (e.g.: Home Team 55-45 Away Team) and a 3-points field goal is scored by the Home Team, the exact scoring method “Home Team Three Pointer” will be settled as winner for point 101, point 102 & point 103.

  55. Special Markets

    1. To make the Final Four: To make the top four in playoffs (semifinals). A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    2. To make the Playoffs: To make the Playoffs. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    3. Team Regular Season Win Total OU: How many games a team will win in the regular season. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in, or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    4. Regular Season MVP: Official award for most valuable player of the regular season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    5. MVP of the Month: Official award for most valuable player of the month. Players must play in at least one regular season match in the specific month for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the month not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, all bets are void.

    6. Final Four MVP: Official award for most valuable player of final four. Players must play in at least one Final Four match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the Final Four not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, all bets are void.

    7. MVP of the Round: Official award for the most valuable player of a specific round. Players must play in the matchup of that specific round for the bets to stand. A settlement will be made according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament in which the game is played. In the eventuality of the round not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, all bets are void.

    8. Best Defender: Official award for best defender throughout the season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in

    9. Rising Star: Official award for the best ''rising star'', young player of the season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    10. Coach of the Year: Official award for the best coach of the year. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    11. Final Four Top Scorer: Which player will score the most points in the finals? Players must play in at least one Final Four match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the Finals not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, all bets are void.

    12. Series Total Games O/U: How many games will be played in the series? Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    13. To finish higher in regular season H2H: Which team will finish in a higher position in the regular season? A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    14. Series Correct Score: With what exact score will the series finish. Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    15. Series game handicap: A team to cover a particular series game handicap. Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    16. Country of the winning club: Which country will the winning club be coming from. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    17. Number of teams from a country to make the Final Four: Number of teams from a specific country to make the final four (semifinals). A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    18. Number of teams from a country to make the Playoffs: Number of teams from a specific country to make Playoffs. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    19. Points scored in the Regular Season O/U: How many points will a team score in the regular season. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in, or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    20. Points conceded in the Regular Season O/U: How many points a team will concede in the regular season. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    21. Games Won in the Regular Season: How many games a team will win in regular season (exact number). A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in, or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    22. 1st coach to leave the team: Who will be the 1st coach to leave their team for any reason? A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    23. Outright Winner Double Chance (inc playoffs): Which two teams can win the league? Settled as a winner if either one of the teams win the competition (Incl. Playoffs). A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    24. To Reach Finals: To make the finals. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    25. Final Matchup: Which two teams will play in the final? Settled as winner if both teams make the finals. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    26. To Finish Top (Regular Season): Which team will finish the regular season in the first position? A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in, or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    27. Rock Bottom (Regular Season): Which team will finish the regular season in the last position? A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in, or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    28. Finishing Position (Regular Season): What will be the final regular season position for a team? A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    29. To Win Series: Which team will win the series? Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    30. When will series finish: In how many games the series will be finished. Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    31. Series Leader after X games: Which team will be leading the series after an exact number of games? Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    32. Game and Series double: Which team will win an exact game and the series after? Bets are void if the statutory number of games are not completed or are changed. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament.

    33. Top Scorer (Inc. Play offs): Which player will score the most points throughout the whole season? Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    34. Country of the Top Scorer: Which country will the top scorer be from. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    35. Player X Regular Season Points: How many points a player will score in the regular season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    36. Player X Regular Season Rebounds: How many rebounds a player will collect in the regular season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    37. Player X Regular Season Assists: How many assists a player will make in the regular season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    38. Player X Regular Season Blocks: How many blocks a player will make in the regular season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    39. Player X Regular Season Steals: How many steals a player will make in the regular season. Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    40. Top Rebounder (Inc. Play offs): Who will be the Top Rebounder throughout the whole season? Players must play in at least one regular season match for the bets to stand. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in.

    41. Team X to win all regular season games: Team to win all games in the regular season. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in, or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    42. Team with most Away Wins in Regular Season: Team to win most away games in the regular season. A settlement will be determined according to the information provided by the official site of the Tournament. In the eventuality of the season not being completed in the pre-defined schedule, bets will stand only if the season is completed within the same calendar year as it was originally due to finish in or the remaining games do not affect the result.

    43. Team to Lead After Every Quarter: Predict if the specified team will be ahead after all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

    44. Team to Win Every Quarter: Predict if the specified team will win all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

    45. Team to Score in Every Quarter: Predict if the specified team will score in all 4 quarters or not. Ordinary time only.

    46. HT/FT, Ordinary Time: Predict the result at halftime (home, draw or away) and at the end of the regulation (Overtime not included).

    47. HT/FT, Whole Match: Predict the result at halftime (home, draw or away) and at the end of the match (home or away). Overtime is included.

  56. Basketball - Micro Markets

    1. Team Next Field Goal Made (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next successful field goal by the specified team, after the indicated remaining game time: Two Pointer or a Three Pointer. Bets will be void if no field goal is made before the game ends.

    2. Next Field Goal Made 4-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next successful field goal, after the indicated remaining game time: Home Team: Two Pointer, Home Team: Three Pointer, Away Team: Two Pointer or Away Team: Three Pointer. Bets will be void if no field goal is made before the end of the game.

    3. Team To Score Next Field Goal (After T Remaining Time) : Predict which team will score the next successful field goal after the indicated remaining game time. Bets will be void if no field goal is made before the game ends.

    4. Team Next Field Goal Attempt 2-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next field goal attempt by the specified team after the indicated remaining game time: Made or Missed. Bets will be void if no attempt is made before the game ends.

    5. Team Next Field Goal Attempt 4-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next field goal attempt by the specified team after the indicated remaining game time: Made Three Pointer, Made Two Pointer, Missed Three Pointer or Missed Two Pointer. Bets will be void if no attempt is made before the game ends.

    6. Team Next Offensive Possession Outcome 5-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict the outcome of the specified team's next offensive possession after the indicated remaining game time: Defensive Rebound, Made Free Throw, Made Three Pointer, Made Two Pointer or Turnover. Bets will be void if the possession does not occur before the game ends.

    7. Next Field Goal Made 2-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result the next successful field goal after the indicated remaining game time: Two Pointer or a Three Pointer. Bets will be void if no attempt is made before the game ends.

    8. Team Next Points (After T Remaining Time) Will Be A Two-Pointer? Predict whether the next points scored by the specified team after the indicated remaining game time will come from a two-point field goal.

    9. Team Next Points (After T Remaining Time) Will Be A Three-Pointer? Predict whether the next points scored by the specified team after the indicated remaining game time will come from a three-point field goal.

    10. Player Next Field Goal Attempt (After T Remaining Time): Predict whether the next defensive possession of a specified team after the indicated remaining game time results in a turnover (e.g., steal, offensive foul, shot clock violation). Bets will be void if no defensive possession occurs before the game ends.

    11. Team Next Defensive Possession Result With Turnover 2-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next field goal attempt by the specified player after the indicated remaining game time: Made or Missed. Bets will be void if no attempt is made before the game ends.

    12. Team Next Defensive Possession Result With Rebound 2-Way (After T Remaining Time): Predict whether the next defensive possession of a specified team after the indicated remaining game time results in a rebound. Bets will be void if no defensive possession occurs before the game ends.

    13. Player Next Three Point Attempt (After T Remaining Time) : Predict the result of the next three point shot attempt by the specified player after the indicated remaining game time: Made or Missed. Bets will be void if no attempt is made before the game ends.

    14. Team Next Three Point Attempt (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next three point shot attempt by the specified team after the indicated remaining game time: Made or Missed. Bets will be void if no attempt is made before the game ends.

    15. Player Next Field Goal Made (After T Remaining Time): Predict the result of the next successful field goal by the specified player, after the indicated remaining game time: Two Pointer or a Three Pointer. Bets will be void if no field goal is made before the game ends.

  57. Micro Markets

    1. Home Draw Away in 4-Minute Interval: Predict which team will outscore the other during a specified 4-minute interval. If both teams score the same number of points, the "Draw" option is the winning bet. The interval must be fully completed for bets to stand; if the game is interrupted and the interval isn't completed bets are void.

    2. Winner, Player Points Over, and Player Rebounds Over: This is a combination bet where all three conditions must be met: a specific team wins the game or specified quarter, a player scores over an indicated threshold, and the same or another player records over a certain number of rebounds. All three conditions must be met for the bet to win. If the player does not participate in the game, bets are void.

    3. Player Next Free Throw Trip Points Over/Under (After Score XX:YY): Predict whether a player will score over or under a specified number of points in their next trip to the free-throw line after the game reaches a specific score. If the player does not have a free-throw attempt after the specified score, bets are void.

    4. Player Next Free Throw Trip Total Points (After Score XX:YY): Predict the exact number of points a player will score in their next free-throw trip after the game reaches a specific score. Options include 0, 1, 2, or 3 points. If the player does not have a free-throw attempt after the specified score, bets are void.

    5. Next Player to Score Field Goal (After Score XX:YY): Predict which player will make the next field goal after the game reaches a specific score. If no field goal is made after the specified score before the game ends, bets are void.

    6. Team Total Points in 4-Minute Interval: X or More Points: Bet on whether a team will score at least X points during a specified 4-minute interval. The interval must be fully completed for bets to stand; if the game is interrupted and the interval isn't completed, bets are void unless the outcome has already been determined.

    7. Race to X Points 2-Way (After Score XX:YY): Predict which team will be the first to reach the indicated number of points after the game reaches a specific score. If neither team reaches the indicated number of points after the specified score before the game ends, bets are void.

    8. Team Points Over/Under in 4-Minute Interval: Predict if the specified team will score over or under an indicated number of points during a particular 4-minute interval. The interval must be fully completed for bets to stand; if the game is interrupted and the interval isn't completed, bets are void unless the outcome has already been determined.

    9. Points Over/Under in 4-Minute Interval: Predict if the total number of points scored will be over or under an indicated number of points during a particular 4-minute interval. The interval must be fully completed for bets to stand; if the game is interrupted and the interval isn't completed, bets are void unless the outcome has already been determined.

Beach FootballTop

  1. All markets are based on the result at the end of normal time for each relevant period, (36 minutes play, 3 periods of 12 minutes), unless specifically detailed otherwise. Extra time and penalty shootouts count on bets for markets To Qualify, Winner etc.

  2. If the play is suspended before the completion and not resumed in 24 hours, all bets will be scored as "no action" and the money will be refunded.

Beach VolleyballTop

  1. In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts then all bets will be voided. In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void, except for markets where the result is already determined.

  2. In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void, unless the specific market outcome is already determined, or unless there is no conceivable way the set and/or match could be played to its natural conclusion without unconditionally determining the result of a specific market.

    Example: a set is abandoned at 15-14: bets on Over/Under 29.5 Set - Total Points are settled as winners/losers accordingly.

  3. Statistics provided by the official score(s) provider, or the official website of the relevant competition or fixture will be used to settle wagers. Where statistics from an official score(s) provider or official website are not available or there is significant evidence that the official score(s) provider or official website is incorrect, we will use independent evidence to support bet settlement. In the absence of consistent, independent evidence or in the presence of significant conflicting evidence, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.

  4. Outright Betting is all-in compete or not. Where applicable the podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

BowlsTop

  1. A match must be played within 48 hours of the original scheduled start time for bets to stand. If a match does not take place for any reason (e.g., a player withdraws injured) all pre-match bets will be void and stakes returned. In the event of a match starting but not being completed then the player progressing to the next round will be deemed the winner.
    For the following markets bets are void if the statutory number of sets are not completed or are changed. In the event of a set starting but not being completed, the following markets will be void, unless the specific market outcome is already determined:
    • Match Handicap
    • Total Points (2-Way)
    • Total Sets
    • Total Points Odd/Even
    • Player Total Points (2-Way)
    If no draw selection is offered and a match finishes in a tie, then the result at end the of the tie-breaker will be used for settlement purposes. If no draw selection is offered and no tiebreaker takes place, then all bets on the match betting market will be void.

BoxingTop

  1. General

    When the bell sounds to start the first round, the bout will be considered official for betting purposes, regardless of the scheduled length or title.

    A fight is a Technical Draw when a fight ends before an allotted number of rounds. This is usually because of an accidental head-butt or foul.

    Any fight that is considered "no contest" will have all wagers refunded.

    If the wagering offer on a match includes the draw as a third option and the match ends in a draw, wagers on the draw will be paid, while wagers on both fighters will be lost. If the wagering offer includes only the two boxers, with the draw either not offered or offered as a separate proposition, and the match ends in a draw, wagers on either fighter will be refunded.

    An Over/Under (total) listed on a fight represents the total number of completed rounds. The halfway point of a round is exactly one minute and thirty seconds into a three-minute round. Thus, 9½ rounds would be one minute and thirty seconds of the 10th round. The halfway point of a two-minute round is at the one-minute mark. The halfway point of a five-minute round is at the two minutes and thirty seconds mark.

    If the initial duration of a round for a fight is changed (e.g. reduced from 3 minute rounds to 2 minute rounds) but the initial number of rounds remains the same, then bets on all markets will stand.

    Results will be graded based on the official result at ringside. Results are not official for wagering purposes until verified by officials at the fighting venue. Official or unofficial sanctioning body overturns of a fight decision based on appeal, suspension, lawsuit, drug testing result, or any other fighter sanction will not be recognized for wagering purposes.

    Unless otherwise specified, matches must go within thirty days of the scheduled date for wagers to have action.

  2. Double Chance:
    Three outcomes are available:
    1X - home participant wins or the fight ends in a draw;
    X2 - away participant wins or the fight ends in a draw;
    12 - either participant wins (the fight does not end in a draw).

  3. Over/Under:
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed then bets already placed will be void and stakes returned.
    For settlement purposes where a half round is stated then 1 minute 30 seconds of the respective round will define the half to determine under or over. In the case of Women’s Boxing and 2-minute rounds over 1:00 will define the half of the round.
    For example: Over 90 seconds into the 7th round of a boxing fight will equal Over 6.5 rounds.

  4. Home Draw Away: Predict who wins the match, with draw included.All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought.).

  5. Round Betting or Grouped Round Betting:
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed then bets on round betting already placed will be void and stakes returned.
    For betting purposes betting on rounds or groups of rounds is for a fighter to win by KO, TKO or disqualification during that round or group of rounds. In the event of a Technical Decision before the end of the fight all bets will be settled as a win by Decision.
    In the event of a fighter retiring on their stool between Rounds e.g. 7 and 8, it will count as Round 7 for settlement purposes, as it was the last fully completed round.

  6. Fight Result:
    Draw or Technical Draw: Draw is scorecard draw. Technical Draw is if the referee stops the fight before the start of the 5th round, for any reason other than Knockout, Technical Knockout or disqualification and results in all bets being void.
    Knockout: Knockout is when the boxer does not stand up after a 10 count. Technical Knockout is the 3 knockdown rule or if the referee steps in. Any corner retirement will be considered a technical knockout unless the fight is subsequently decided by the judges’ scorecards, or is a declared a No Contest.
    Technical Decision: - Decision is on scorecard points between the judges. Technical Decision is settled by the judges’ scorecards at any time other than at the end of the scheduled rounds. In the event of a Technical Decision before the end of the fight all markets that can be settled as Decision will be settled as Decision.
    All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought.

  7. Player To Score a Knockdown:
    Bet on a fighter to knockdown their opponent. For settlement purposes a knockdown is defined as a fighter being KO'd or receiving a mandatory 8 count (anything deemed a slip by the referee will not count)..

  8. Player To be Knocked Down and Win:
    Bet on a fighter to be knocked down and still win the match. For settlement purposes a knockdown is defined as a fighter being KO'd or receiving a mandatory 8 count (anything deemed a slip by the referee will not count).

  9. Will Fight go the Distance?
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed then bets already placed will be void and stakes returned.
    For betting purposes the official designated number of rounds must be fully completed for bets to be settled as Yes.

  10. Home Away:
    Predict who wins the match. In case of a draw (incl. Majority Draw) all stakes will be returned.
    All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought.

  11. Odd/Even:
    Predict if the fight will be won in an odd or even number round.

  12. Match Duration Over/Under:
    Predict if the fight will be finished before or under a certain number of minutes.

Break danceTop

  1. Home Away
    Predict the winner of the match.

  2. Winner
    Predict the winner of the tournament.

  3. Top X
    Predict if a participant will finish on the podium (Top 3) at the end of the tournament.

  4. Head-To-Head
    Head-to-head betting allows you to bet on who you think will perform better on a given tournament between two competitors.

  5. Asian Handicap
    Predict the winner of the match in sets, applying the given handicap.

  6. Over/Under
    Predict the total sets in a match.

ChessTop

  1. General

    All bets are based on the official game result.

    If a game is delayed or postponed for any reason, then all bets will stand until the end of the game or the end of the tournament.

  2. Predict the winner of the match according to the points collected by players based on played games. 1 point is awarded for a win, 0,5 points for a draw and 0 points for a loss. There are 3 possible outcomes:
    1 – Designated home team player wins
    X – Draw
    2 - Designated away team player wins

  3. Predict the winner (player who will collect most points) of the match/game, applying the given handicap (spread). If the statutory number of games/matches according to the official rules of the tournament is changed, all bets will be cancelled.

  4. Predict the winner of the tournament. Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including playoffs (if played), unless otherwise stated. All bets are considered valid, even if the player withdraws or doesn’t start the tournament at all.

CricketTop

  1. General

    If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be voided.

    In matches affected by adverse weather, bets will be governed by the official competition rules with the following exception: if a match is decided on either a bowl out or the toss of a coin, then all bets will be voided.

    If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, then bets will be voided unless a winner is declared based on the official competition rules. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised, then all bets for that match are voided.

    If a match is cancelled, then all bets will be voided if it is not replayed within 24 hours of its advertised start time.

    The result of a match is a tie when the scores are equal at the conclusion of the play, but only if the side batting last has completed its innings (i.e. all innings are completed, or, in limited-overs cricket, the set number of overs has been played or play is terminally stopped by weather or bad light).

  2. One Day / Twenty20

    In matches affected by adverse weather, bets will be governed by the official competition rules with the following exception: if a match is decided upon either a bowl out or the toss of a coin, then all bets will be void.

    If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, then bets will be void unless a result is declared based on the official competition rules. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised then all bets for that match are void.

    Where no specific price or state is quoted for the tie and the official competition rules determine a winner/progressing side, bets will be settled on the official result.

    In competitions where a Bowl Out or Super Over determines a winner then bets will be settled on the official result.

  3. Innings Runs
    If Duckworth-Lewis method (D / L) is called into play and the runs for one of the teams are being reduced – market will be valid for settlement.
    In One Day matches – bets will be void if the intervention of rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced by 5 or more from the originally scheduled, unless the market is already determined.
    Twenty20 matches- bets will be void if the intervention of rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced by 3 or more from the originally scheduled and when bets were struck, unless the market is already determined.

  4. Three/Four/Five Day Matches
    A minimum of 50 overs must be bowled unless a team is all out or a team declares. Bets are otherwise void, unless settlement of bets is already determined. In the event of an innings being forfeited, all bets will be void.

  5. Test Matches/ First-Class Matches
    Bets will stand according to the official result provided in case at least one ball has been bowled. If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, all bets will be void.

  6. Draw No Bet
    Predict which team will be the winner. In case of a draw, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

  7. Double Chance
    Predict the match result to be either of the three options given. Bets will stand on the official result provided at least one ball has been bowled.

  8. 1st 6 Over Runs
    If the specified number of overs are not complete the bet will be void, unless the team is all out, declares, reaches their target or settlement of the bet has already been determined.

  9. 1st 12 Over Runs
    If the specified number of overs are not complete the bet will be void, unless the team is all out, declares, reaches their target or settlement of the bet has already been determined.

  10. Session Runs
    Predict how many runs will be scored in the specific session. The result is determined by the total number of runs scored, regardless of which team has scored them. If fewer than 20 overs are bowled in a session, bets will be void unless settlement has already been determined.

  11. 5 Over Run Bands
    If the selected number of overs is not complete due to external factors or adverse weather then bets will be void, unless settlement of the bet is already determined.
    If the natural length of the innings is less than the selected number of overs (e.g., a team is all out in less than the selected overs or reaches their target) then bets will stand.

  12. Next Over Runs
    Predict the total runs scored during the next Over of the match. Extras and penalty runs will be included. If Over is not completed, bets will be void unless bets have already been determined.

  13. Runs off Delivery
    How many runs will be scored off specified delivery? The settlement will be determined by the number of runs added to the team total, off the specified delivery. For settlement purposes, all illegal balls count as deliveries. Example, if any over starts with a wide, then 1 run for the wide delivery will be the settlement for first delivery despite their being no legal ball bowled. The next ball will be deemed as delivery 2 for that over. If a delivery leads to a free hit or a free hit is re-bowled because of an illegal delivery, the runs scored off the additional delivery do not count. All runs, whether off the bat or not, are included.

  14. Batsman Total Runs
    Will named batsman score more or less than specified total? In all forms of Cricket Batsman must face at least 1 ball for bets stand unless is out before first ball is faced.

  15. Test Matches and First-Class Matches
    Subject to above ruling, all bets will stand regardless of delays and interruption caused by adverse weather.

  16. One Day Matches
    Batsman run bets will be void if intervention of rain or any other delay results in a loss of 5 or more overs at the time of bet placement unless a settlement has already been determined.

  17. Twenty20 Matches
    Batsman run bets will be void if intervention of rain or any other delay results in a loss of 3 or more overs at the time of bet placement unless a settlement has already been determined.

  18. T10
    In 10 Over matches bets will be void if the entire innings is not completed, unless settlement for bet is already determined.
    A settlement will be considered determined if the line at which the bet was placed is passed or the batsman is dismissed.

  19. Next Over Wicket? (Yes/No)
    For settlement purposes, any wicket will count, including run outs. A batsman retiring hurt does not count as a wicket. If a batsman is timed out or retired out, then the wicket is deemed to have taken place on the previous ball.
    If Over is not completed, bets will be void, unless market is already determined.

  20. Next Over Odd/Even
    Zero will be deemed to be an even number.
    If Over is not completed, bets will be void.

  21. Fall of Next Wicket
    Predict whether the next wicket will fall before or after a specified number of runs have been scored. Bets are void if the wicket stated does not fall unless a winning market has already been established. If a player retires hurt, all bets struck on that wicket are carried over onto the next partnership until a wicket falls.

  22. Top Batsman/Top Bowler
    Only the first innings count. Bets on players not selected in the starting 11 or designated as substitutes will be void. Bets on players who are selected but do not bat or field will be settled as losers. If two players or more have an equal number of wickets, then the bowler with the least number of runs conceded will be deemed the winner.
    There is a minimum number of overs that should be played before the game is interrupted, or All Out. Otherwise, all bets will be void:
    One day International – 20 overs;
    All Domestic 40 Over Competitions – 10 overs;
    All Domestic 50 Over Competitions – 20 overs;
    All Twenty20 Cup – 6 overs;
    10 Over Matches – 6 overs.
    Test Cricket - A minimum of 50 overs must be bowled unless All Out.

  23. Player of the Match
    Bets are settled on the officially declared player of the match.

  24. To Win The Toss
    Which team will win the toss. If there is no toss, bets will be void. If toss result is known before bet is placed, all bets will be void.

  25. Runs Over/Under in Xth Over
    Predict whether the number of total runs scored in a particular over will be higher or lower than a mentioned threshold.
    Extras and penalty run in the particular over count towards settlement.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, runs scored during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.
    If an inning ends during an over then that particular over will be deemed to be complete unless the inning is ended due to external factors, such as extreme weather conditions, darkness, etc.
    Should this be the case then all bets will be void, unless a winning market has already been determined.

  26. First Ball Dot or Not (First Ball to be a Dot)
    Predict whether the first ball of the match or a team's given innings will have any runs scored from it, via runs scored from the bat or extras (no ball, wide, bye or leg bye).
    If no runs are scored, including the fall of a wicket, the winning selection is yes (a 'dot' ball).
    At least one ball must be bowled or bets will be made void.

  27. Most Fours/Most Sixes
    Predict the team that will score the most fours/sixes in a match.
    Only fours/sixes scored off the bat (off any delivery - legal or not) will count towards the total. Overthrows/All-runs fours/sixes and extras do not count for settlement purposes. In matches decided by a Super-Over, fours and sixes hit during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.
    In First Class matches, only the first innings will count.

  28. Boundaries Over/Under
    Predict on whether the total number of boundaries in the match is over or under a certain threshold.
    Both Fours and Sixes count as boundaries.
    Only Fours and Sixes scored off the bat count for settlement purposes.
    At least one ball must be bowled in a Test or County Championship match for bets to stand.
    In Limited Overs matches, open bets are void if the scheduled numbers of overs are reduced due to weather or for any other delay unless a winning market has already been determined.

  29. Top Team Batsman
    Which batsman will have the highest individual score in the match from the selected team.
    For settlement purposes only the first innings count, unless otherwise stated.
    Bets placed on any player not in the starting 11 are void upon user's request.
    Bets on players who are selected but do not bat will be deemed to have scored zero runs.

  30. Top Team Bowler
    Which bowler will be the top wicket taker in the match from the selected team.
    For settlement purposes only the first innings count, unless otherwise stated.
    Bets placed on any player not in the starting 11 are void upon user's request.
    Bets on players who are selected but do not bowl will be deemed to have taken zero wickets.
    If no wickets fall in the innings, then all bets on the market will be void.

  31. Team Wicket in Xth Over
    Will there be a wicket in the specified Over?
    Any wicket will count for settlement purposes, including run outs.
    A batsman retiring hurt does not count as a wicket.
    If a batsman is timed out or retired out, then the wicket is deemed to have taken place on the previous ball.

  32. Runs at Fall of Xth Team Wicket
    The number of runs at the fall of the Xth team wicket.
    The total innings runs scored by a team before the fall of the specified wicket determines the result of the market. If a team declares or reaches their target then the total amassed will be the result of the market.
    If no wickets fall during the match, then bets are void unless a winning market has already been determined.
    Bets will be void (unless a winning market has already been determined) should no more play take place following the intervention of rain, or any other delay.

  33. Player Fours/Sixes Over/Under
    Predict whether a named batsman will score higher or lower than a mentioned threshold.
    Only Fours/Sixes scored off the bat count for settlement purposes.
    If a batsman does not bat, the bet will be void.
    If a batsman is not in the starting 11, bets will be void upon request.
    Overthrows/All-run Fours/Sixes and extras do not count for settlement purposes.
    Fours/sixes scored in a Super Over do not count.

  34. Player Wickets Over/Under
    Predict whether the number of wickets taken by a named player will be higher or lower than the mentioned threshold.

  35. Xth Wicket Method
    Predict how the quoted wicket will fall.
    The options available are: Caught, Bowled, Leg Before Wicket, Run Out, Stumped or Any Other (includes Sent Off/Retired Out).
    If no wicket falls, bets are void.

  36. Xth Wicket Method 2-Way
    Predict how the quoted wicket will fall.
    The options available are: Caught and Not Caught.
    If no wicket falls, bets are void.

  37. Completed Match
    Predict whether there will be a result declared in the match or whether it will be abandoned.
    Any official result will mean the winning market will be 'Yes'.
    Any 'no result' or abandonment will mean the winning market will be 'No'.

  38. Fours Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of Fours in the match is over or under a certain threshold.
    Only Fours scored off the bat count for settlement purposes.
    Overthrows/All-run Fours and extras do not count for settlement purposes.
    Fours scored in a Super Over do not count.

  39. Sixes Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of Sixes in the match is over or under a certain threshold.
    Only Sixes scored off the bat count for settlement purposes.
    Overthrows/All-run Sixes and extras do not count for settlement purposes.
    Sixes scored in a Super Over do not count.

  40. Wides Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of Wides in the match is over or under a certain threshold.
    Any run resulting from a wide delivery will count for the grand total, except penalty runs.

  41. Player of the match
    Predict which player will be declared as player of the match based on the official performance results.

  42. Highest Opening Partnership
    Predict which team will score more runs before losing their first wicket.
    Settlement is based on the 1st innings only and determined by the score at the time the 1st wicket falls (retirements are excluded).
    Bets stand provided the first ball has been bowled in each team's first innings.

  43. Player Performance
    Predict which player will have a performance over a certain threshold.
    The performance will be calculated by a point scoring system:
    1 point per run;
    20 points per wicket;
    10 points per catch;
    25 points per stumping.
    For settlement purposes only the first innings count, unless otherwise stated.
    Bets placed on any player not in the starting 11 are void upon user's request.

  44. Player to Score Most Sixes
    Predict which player will score more sixes in the match.
    Only sixes scored off the bat (off any delivery - legal or not) will count towards the total.
    For settlement purposes only the first innings count, unless otherwise stated.
    Bets placed on any player not in the starting 11 are void upon user's request.

  45. To Score a Fifty(50+)/Century(100+)
    Predict if the selected player will score at least 50/100 runs in their innings.
    For settlement purposes, only the first innings count, unless otherwise stated.
    Bets placed on any player not in the starting 11 are void upon user's request.

  46. Team Xth Wicket Method 2-Way
    For a quoted wicket, predict which will be the method of dismissal of the specified team.
    The options available are: Caught and Not Caught.
    If no further wickets fall, bets will be void.

  47. Team Xth Wicket Method
    For a quoted wicket, predict which will be the method of dismissal of the specified team.
    The options available are: Caught, Bowled, Leg Before Wicket, Run Out, Stumped or Any Other (includes Sent Off/Retired Out).
    If no further wickets fall, bets will be void.

  48. Team Sixes Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of Sixes scored in the match, for a quoted team, is over or under a certain threshold.
    Only Sixes scored off the bat count for settlement purposes.
    Overthrows/All-run Sixes and extras do not count for settlement purposes.
    Sixes scored in a Super Over do not count.

  49. Team of Top Batsman
    Predict the team of highest run scorer (player with the highest individual score in the match).
    In the event of a tie, (and "tie" has not been available for betting) bets will be void.

  50. Run Outs Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of run outs in the match is over or under a certain threshold.

  51. Highest Individual Score
    Minimum number of Overs must be played, otherwise all bets will be void:
    Twenty20 matches – full 20 overs for each Team.
    One Day matches – at least 40 overs for each Team.
    Test & First-Class matches – whole match counts; if game is drawn there must be minimum of 200 overs bowled for settlement.

  52. Highest Opening Partnership
    If the batting team reaches the end of their allotted overs, reaches their target or declares before the first wicket falls, the result will be the total amassed. For settlement purposes, a batsman retiring hurt does not count as a wicket. In limited overs matches, bets will be void if the innings has been reduced due to external factors, including bad weather, unless settlement has already been determined. In drawn First Class matches, bets will be void if fewer than 200 overs have been bowled, unless settlement of the bet has already been determined. In First Class matches the market refers only to each team’s first innings.

  53. Wickets Lost In "X" Runs
    Settlement is determined by the number of wickets lost by the time a specific score is reached. If a team declares or reaches their target or the quoted score is otherwise not reached, then the wickets lost at that time will be the result of the market.
    Test Matches and First-Class Matches – All bets will stand irrespective of delays.
    One-Day Matches – Bets will be void if the intervention of rain and any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced by 5 overs or more than that scheduled when the bets were struck unless settlement of bets is already determined.
    Twenty20 Matches – Bets will be void if the intervention of rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced by 3 overs or more than that scheduled when the bets were struck unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  54. Most Match Sixes
    Predict which team will score most Sixes in the game. In Test drawn games a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled. In Twenty20 matches there must be an official result. In One Day matches where the number of overs has been reduced and the outcome has not been determined yet, bets will be void. In matches decided by a Super Over, sixes hit during the Super Over will not count.

  55. Player To Score Most Sixes
    Bets placed on any player not in the starting 11 will be void. The following minimum number of overs must be scheduled otherwise all bets are void, unless settlement is already determined. Bets on players who are selected but do not bat will be settled as losers if one or more six is scored.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, sixes hit during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes. Bets will be void if no Sixes are scored.
    Twenty20 Matches - The full 20 overs for each team.
    One Day Matches - At least 40 overs for each team.

  56. Most Match Fours
    Predict which team will score most Fours in the game. If a match is abandoned before needed Overs for different types of Matches have been reached, all bets will be void. In Test and County Championship matches the whole match counts. In Test drawn games a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled, otherwise bets will be void.
    In Twenty20 matches the match must be scheduled for the full 20 overs and there must be an official result.
    In One Day matches where the number of overs has been reduced and the outcome has not been determined yet, bets will be void. For settlement purposes this is all deliveries from which a batsman is credited with exactly four runs (including All-run/Overthrows). In matches decided by a Super Over, Fours hit during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes.

  57. 1st Wicket Method
    Predict the method by which the 1st Wicket in the game will be scored. If the game is abandoned before a wicket is scored or there is no wicket scored at all in the match, all bets will be void.
    The options available are: Caught, Bowled, LBW, Run Out, Stumped and Any Other (includes Sent Off/Retired Out).

  58. A Fifty/Hundred Score in Match
    The following minimum number of overs must be scheduled, and there must be an official result (Duckworth - Lewis counts) otherwise all bets are void, unless settlement is already determined.
    Twenty20 Matches - The full 20 overs for each team.
    One Day Matches - At least 40 overs for each team.
    Test and First Class Matches - The whole match counts. In drawn matches there must be a minimum of 200 overs bowled.

  59. A Fifty/Hundred Score in the 1st Innings
    Predict if a 50 or 100 will be scored in the 1st innings of the match. Bets are struck on the 1st innings of the match, the settlement of which is determined by the team batting 1st (as opposed to both teams). The innings must be completed (declarations count) otherwise bets are void unless settlement is already determined.

  60. Most Run Outs
    Predict which team will create most run outs whilst fielding. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void. If a match is reduced in overs and a match result is reached, then the team which achieved most run outs whilst fielding regardless of the number of overs bowled will be the winner. In matches determined by a Super Over any run out during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes. In Test Matches and First-Class Matches all innings of the match will count.

  61. 1st Over Total Runs
    Predict the total runs scored during the 1st Over of the match. Extras and penalty runs will be included. If 1st Over is not completed, bets will be void.

  62. 1st Innings Score
    Prices will be offered for the number of runs scored during the 1st innings of the match, regardless of which team bats first. The following minimum number of overs must be scheduled otherwise all bets are void, unless settlement is already determined.
    Twenty20 Matches - The full 20 overs for each team.
    One Day Matches - At least 40 overs for each team.
    Test and First-Class Matches - Declarations will be considered the end of an innings for settlement purposes. In the event of the 1st innings being forfeited all bets will be void. In the event of an innings not being completed due to outside interference or inclement weather, all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  63. 1st Innings Lead
    Both teams must complete their first innings for bets to stand (including declarations).

  64. Runs at Fall Of 1st Wicket
    Predict the number of runs in the game at which 1st Wicket will fall. If a match is abandoned before the fall of 1st Wicket, or there is no Wicket in the game, bets will be void unless bet is already determined.

  65. Dismissal Method
    Predict the method by which the first/next Batsman will be taken out. If there are no Wickets in the game or after the bet has been placed in Live Betting, all bets will be void.

  66. Method of Dismissal 2-Way
    The options available are: Caught and Not Caught (includes Sent Off/Retired Out). A batsman retiring as hurt does not count as a wicket. If no further wickets fall all bets will be void.

  67. Method of Dismissal 6-Way
    The options available are: Caught, Bowled, LBW, Run Out, Stumped or Any Other (includes Sent Off/Retired Out). A batsman retiring as hurt does not count as a wicket. If no further wickets fall all bets will be void.

  68. Method of Dismissal 7-Way
    The options available are: Bowled, Fielder Catch, Keeper Catch, LBW, Run Out, Stumped or Any Other (includes Sent Off/Retired Out). A batsman retiring as hurt does not count as a wicket. If no further wickets fall all bets will be void.

  69. Odd/Even
    Predict if the sum of all runs scored in the relevant period (Match, Innings, Over) will be an odd or an even number. Extras and Penalty runs will be included for settlement purposes. If the relevant period is not finished, all bets on it will be void.

  70. Total Runs in Match O/U
    Predict if the number of runs in the relevant period (Innings, Over) will be over or under a given number. If the relevant period is not finished, all bets will be void.
    The following minimum number of overs must be scheduled otherwise all bets are void, unless settlement is already determined:
    Twenty20 Matches - The full 20 overs for each team.
    One Day Matches - At least 40 overs for each team.
    Test and First-Class Matches - The whole match counts. In drawn matches there must be a minimum of 200 overs bowled.

  71. Race to 10 Runs
    Predict which player will score first 10 Runs in the game. Bets stand if all the listed players start batting, otherwise all bets will be void. Bets stand no matter which of the players starts batting first. If neither of the listed players reaches 10 Runs, option Neither is the winner. If a game is abandoned before any of the listed players reaches 10 Runs, and if both players are Out, option Neither will be the winner. Otherwise, bets will be void.

  72. Total Match 6’s
    Predict whether the total number of sixes in the match will be over or under a specified figure.
    If an intervention from rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced, from that scheduled when the bet was struck, open bets on total match sixes in a Twenty 20 match will be void, if the reduction is by 3 or more overs and void in other limited overs matches, if the reduction is by 5 or more overs.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, Sixes hit during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.
    Only Sixes scored from the bat (off any delivery - legal or not) will count towards the total Sixes. Overthrows and extras do not count.

  73. Total Match 4’s
    Predict whether the total number of fours in the match will be over or under a specified figure.
    If the intervention of rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced from that scheduled when the bet was struck open bets on total match fours in a Twenty 20 match will be void if the reduction is by 3 or more overs and void in other limited overs matches if the reduction is by 5 or more overs.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, Fours hit during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.
    Only Fours scored from the bat (off any delivery - legal or not) will count towards the total Fours. Overthrows, all run Fours and extras do not count.

  74. Innings Total 4’s and 6’s
    Predict whether the total number of fours or sixes in the innings will be over or under a specified figure.
    If an intervention from rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced, from that scheduled when the bet was struck, open bets on total innings fours or sixes in a Twenty 20 match will be void, if the reduction is by 3 or more overs and void in other limited overs matches, if the reduction is by 5 or more overs.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, Fours and Sixes hit during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.
    Only Fours and Sixes scored from the bat (off any delivery - legal or not) will count towards the total innings Fours and Sixes. Extras do not count.

  75. Total Match Wides
    Predict whether the total number of wides will be over or under a specified figure.
    If the intervention of rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced from that scheduled, when the bet was struck all open bets on total match wides in a Twenty20 match will be void if the reduction is by 3 or more overs and void in other limited overs matches if the reduction is by 5 or more overs.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, Wides bowled during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.

  76. Total Match Run Outs
    Predict whether the total number of run outs will be over or under a specified figure.
    If the intervention of rain or any other delay results in the number of overs being reduced from that scheduled, when the bet was struck all open bets on total match run outs in a Twenty20 match will be void if the reduction is by 3 or more overs and void in other limited overs matches if the reduction is by 5 or more overs.
    In matches decided by a Super-Over, Run Outs during the Super-Over will not count for settlement purposes.

  77. Team With Highest 1st 6/10/15 Overs Score
    Predict which team will have the higher score after 1st 6/10/15 Overs. Push Rules apply. If either team does not complete number of overs stated, bets will be void unless bet is already determined. In the event of a tie, bets will be void.

  78. Player to Score At Least X Runs
    Match: The bet is valid if the player participates in the match and bats at least one delivery. The total runs scored across both innings will be counted. If a player is replaced (due to injury, etc.), the bet remains valid as long as the player originally named in the bet faced at least one delivery.
    Innings: The bet is valid if the player bats in the specified innings. If the player is dismissed, their score at the time of dismissal will be final.
    If the match is abandoned or ends early, the bet will only stand if the player has already met the run requirement.
    Any runs scored off no-balls count toward the total. The bet is settled based on the player’s final score in the relevant innings or match. If the player is substituted and doesn’t bat, the bet is void.

  79. Batsman Match bets
    Predict which Batsman will score more runs in the game. Push Rules apply. In Test and County Championship matches only the first innings counts for settlement purposes. Bets will stand if each Batsman has faced at least one ball.

  80. Bowler Match bets
    Predict which Bowler will take the most wickets in the game. Push Rules apply. In Test and County Championship matches only the first innings counts for settlement purposes. Bets will stand if each Bowler has bowled at least one ball. Wickets taken in a super over will not count for settlement purposes. In the event of both bowlers taking an equal number of wickets then the bowler with the least number of runs conceded will be deemed the winner.

  81. Team Xth Wicket Next Batter Out
    A bet on this market will be settled based on which player is dismissed as the Xth wicket (e.g. 3rd wicket) for the specified team. If the wicket does not fall (e.g., the innings ends or the match is abandoned), bets are void.

  82. Team Score Over/Under from Overs X To Y
    A bet on this market will be settled based on the number of runs scored by the specified team between overs X and Y (e.g. Overs 2 and 3, inclusive). If the required overs are not completed, bets are void unless the outcome is already determined.

  83. Tournament Markets

    • Tournament Total 6’s
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs. Sixes scored in a super over do not count.

    • Tournament Total 4’s
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs. Fours scored in a super over do not count.

    • Tournament Total Wide’s
      If a bowler bowls a wide, all extra runs are taken from the wide delivery count, e.g. if it goes for 4 and is scored as 5 wides; for betting purposes, the delivery will count as 5 rather than 1 wide delivery bowled. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs. Wide’s bowled in a super over do not count.

    • Total Tournament Run Outs
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs. Run Outs in a super over do not count.

    • Total Tournament Stumpings
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs. Stumpings in a super over do not count.

    • Tournament Team to Hit Most 6’s
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs. Sixes scored in a super over do not count.

    • Tournament Highest Individual Player Score
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.

    • Total Tournament Centuries
      For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.

    • Tournament Highest Team Score
      What will the highest team score be during the series. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.

    • Tournament Hat-Trick
      Bets settled as ‘Yes’, if a ‘hat-trick’ (deemed as when a bowler dismisses three batsmen with consecutive deliveries in the same match) is officially recorded during the tournament.

    • Bowler to take 5 Wickets in a Match?
      Bets settled as “Yes” if a player takes 5 wickets in one match. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.

  84. Specials

    • Player X Total World Cup Runs
      How many runs will Player X score during the World Cup.
      Run bets will stand regardless of whether a player plays or not, unless otherwise stated; All runs scored during the tournament will count. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.
      Runs scored in a super over do not count. Must play at least one match for bets to stand.

    • Player X Total World Cup Wickets
      How many wickets will Player X take during the World Cup.
      Wicket bets will stand regardless of whether a player plays or not, unless otherwise stated; All wickets scored during the tournament will count. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.
      Wickets scored in a super over do not count. Must play at least one match for bets to stand.

    • Player Runs Match Bet
      Who will score most runs during the World Cup?
      Player Run bets will stand regardless of whether a player plays all matches or not, unless otherwise stated; All runs scored during the tournament will count. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.
      Runs scored in a super over do not count. Both players involved in Match Bet must play at least one match for bets to stand.

    • Player Bowler Match Bet
      Who will take the most wickets during the World Cup?
      Player Bowler bets will stand regardless of whether a player plays all matches or not, unless otherwise stated; All wickets taken during the tournament will count. For settlement purposes the official total will stand regardless of any matches being abandoned or reduced in overs.
      Wickets scored in a super over do not count. Both players involved in Match Bet must play at least one match for bets to stand.

    • Outright
      Predict the winner of the league. Bets are settled on the final league position, unless otherwise stated.

    • Top Series Batsman/Bowler
      Any quoted player, who takes no part in the specified series, will be void. In the event of two or more players ending on an equal number of wickets, then the bowler with the least number of runs conceded will be the winner.

    • To Win Pool
      Predict the team which will finish top at their Pool.

    • Finalists
      Predict the two teams which will play in the Final of the Tournament.

    • Stage Of Elimination
      Predict at which stage of the Tournament a certain team will be eliminated.

    • To Reach the Final
      Predict if a certain team will reach the Final of the Tournament.

CurlingTop

  1. General

    Bets on matches that are postponed or suspended for any reason (such as, but not limited to: deteriorating ice conditions, electrical failure, or scheduling problems) are considered "action" and will be graded once tournament organizers declare the match completed.

    Unless otherwise stated, extra ends are always included in the result for betting purposes.

    For a bet to stand, minimum 6 ends must be completed.

  2. Full Time Money Line
    Predict whichteam will win the match.If the match is not completed, all bets are void.

  3. Full Time Handicap
    Predict whichteam will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied. All bets will be void if the match is not completed.

  4. Full Time Over/Under
    Predict the total number of pointsin the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

CyclingTop

  1. Head-to-Head (Riders)
    This Head-to-Head allows you to bet on who you think will perform better between two specified riders in the competition.

  2. Head-to-Head (Teams)
    This Head-to-Head allows you to bet on who you think will perform better between two specified teams in the competition.

  3. King of the Mountains Classification Head-to-Head
    This Head-to-Head allows you to bet on who you think will perform better in the King of the Mountains final classification.

  4. King of the Mountains Classification Winner
    The classification "King of the Mountains" is the title given to the best climber in a cycling road race. You're betting on the winner of this secondary competition.

  5. Number of Riders to Wear the Yellow Jersey
    Also called the "maillot jaune", the Tour de France yellow jersey is the most coveted piece of kit in professional cycling. The wearer is the rider who has completed the race in the least amount of time, and as such tops the overall or general classification (GC) of the race. You’re betting on the number of riders to wear the yellow jersey during the whole competition.

  6. Player Finish Position
    In which position the rider will finish at the end of the Tour.

  7. Points Classification H2H
    This Head-to-Head allows you to bet on which rider will perform better in the Points Classification.

  8. Points Classification Winner
    Betting on who will win the green jersey in the Tour. Points are given for high finishes in a stage and for winning intermediate sprints to win the points classification.

  9. Riders to Finish the Tour Over/Under
    How many riders will finish the Tour.

  10. Riders to Wear the Yellow Jersey Over/Under
    How many riders will wear the Yellow Jersey during the Tour.

  11. Straight Forecast (Riders)
    The selected riders must come 1st and 2nd in the specified order at the end of the stage or Tour/ Championship.

  12. To Win At Least X Stages (Riders)
    Predict how many stages a rider will win during the Tour.

  13. To Win At Least X Stages (Teams)
    Predict how many stages a team will win during the Tour.

  14. Top X (Riders)
    Predict if a participant will finish on the podium (Top 3) or the first ten places (Top 10) at the end of the stage.

  15. Top X (Teams)
    Predict if a team will finish on the podium (Top 3) or the first ten places (Top 10) at the end of the stage.

  16. Will Rider Finish Top X?
    Predict if participant "X" will finish on the podium (Top 3) or the first ten places (Top 10) at the end of the Tour.

  17. Will Rider Wear the Yellow Jersey At Least Once?
    Predict if participant "X” will wear yellow jersey at least once during the Tour.

  18. Will Team Finish Top X?
    Predict if team "X" will finish on the podium (Top 3) or the first ten places (Top 10) at the end of the Tour.

  19. Winner (Riders)
    Each participant is priced to be the top rider over the Tour/Championship in accordance with Riders Championship standings.

  20. Winner (Teams)
    Each participant is priced to be the top team over the Tour/Championship in accordance with Teams Championship standings.

  21. Winner Without Rider X
    The winner is the rider not named "X" who finishes highest in stage or at the end of the tour.

  22. Winning Margin (Seconds)
    Predict on winning margin between winning rider/team and others.

  23. Young Rider Classification Head-to-Head
    This Head-to-Head allows you to bet on who you think will perform better in the Young Rider Classification final classification.

  24. Young Rider Classification Winner
    The requirements to be eligible for the young rider classification depends on the race rules. You're betting on the winner of this secondary competition.

  25. Winner Vs Field
    A bet on this market will be settled on whether the named rider wins the race or if any other rider (the field) wins. A bet on the named rider is successful only if they finish 1st. A bet on the field wins if anyone other than the named rider finishes 1st.
    If the named rider does not start the race, bets are void.

DartsTop

  1. General

    Match Bets: In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void unless the specific market outcome is already determined. If the first dart is not thrown, all bets will be voided.

    Sets Bets: The full number of sets required to win the match must be completed. If for any reason the match is awarded to a contestant before the full number of sets are completed, all sets' bets on the match will be voided.

  2. Pre-Live betting

    • Outright
      Predict the winner of the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void.

    • Winner Full Time
      Predict which player will win the match. In the event of a match starting but not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory is deemed the winner for settlement purposes. Bets are void in the two-way market if the match result is a tie.

    • Correct Score
      Predict the exact score of the game. If a match is not completed, then all bets are void.

    • Draw No Bet
      Predict the winner. In the case of a draw, all bets are void. If a match is not completed, then all bets are void.

    • Over/Under Full Time
      Predict the total number of sets/legs completed in the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • Handicap Full Time
      Predict which player will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied. In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes, then all bets are void. All bets will be void if a match is not completed.

    • Most 180s in Match
      Predict which player will score the most 180s in the match. In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes, then all bets are void. All bets will be void if the match is not completed.

    • Over/Under Total 180s In Match
      Predict the total number of 180s in the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • Over/Under First Leg Total Checkout
      Predict the total checkout in the next leg. If the leg is not completed, then all bets are void.

    • Total Player 180s
      Predict the total number of 180s for each player. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • Handicap Alternative
      Predict which player will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied. In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes, then all bets are void. All bets will be void if the match is not completed.

    • Over/Under Alternative
      Predict the total number of sets/legs completed in the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • Winner Highest Checkout
      Predict which player will make the highest checkout in the match. In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes, then all bets are void. All bets will be void if the match is not completed.

    • Score Highest Checkout
      Predict the highest checkout score in the match between both players. All bets will be void if the match is not completed.

    • Over/Under First Set 180s
      Predict the total amount of 180's in the first set. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • First 180 in Match
      Predict the player to score the first 180 in the match. All bets are void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined. If no 180 is scored, the bets will be void.

    • To Win 1st Set
      Predict which player will win the first set. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the first set has already been determined.

    • First Set Total Legs
      Predict the total number of legs in the first set. If the set is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • First Set of Darts
      Predict the first set of Darts. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the first set has already been determined.

    • 170 Finish in Match
      Predict whether there will be 170 Finish in the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

    • First Set Exact Score
      Predict the exact score of the first set. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the first set has already been determined.

    • First Leg 180
      Predict whether any player will score a 180 in the first leg. If the leg is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

    • First Dart in Match
      Predict type of first Dart in match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the first Dart has already been determined.

    • Nine Dart Finish
      Predict whether a nine-dart finish (the minimum possible to complete a leg) will occur during the match. If a player retires or is disqualified, bets will be void unless a nine-dart finish has already occurred.

    • First 180s
      Predict which player will score the first 180 in the match. If a match is not completed, bets will be void unless the first 180 has already been scored.

    • Last 180
      Predict which player will score the last 180 in the match. Bets stand regardless of match completion.

    • Race To X Legs
      Predict which player will reach a specified number of legs first. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Checkout Over/Under
      Predict whether the highest checkout in the match/set/leg will be over or under a specified line.

    • Highest Checkout
      Predict which player will achieve the highest checkout in the match. Bets stand regardless of match completion.

    • 170 Checkout
      Predict whether a 170 checkout (the maximum possible with three darts) will occur during the match. If a match is not completed, bets will be void unless a 170 checkout has already occurred.

    • Player 170 Checkout
      Predict whether a specific player will achieve a 170 checkout during the match. If a match is not completed, bets will be void unless the player has already achieved a 170 checkout.

    • Player 3 Dart Average
      Predict whether a player's three-dart average will exceed or fall short of a specified line. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Highest 3 Dart Average
      Predict which player will record the highest three-dart average in the match. Bets stand regardless of match completion.

    • Player 180s Over/Under
      Predict whether a specific player will score over or under a specified number of 180s during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Set Handicap
      Predict whether a player will win the match with a set handicap applied. If a match is not completed, bets will be void unless the outcome can be determined.

    • Total Score
      Predict the total combined score of both players during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • 170 Checkouts Over/Under
      Predict whether the total number of 170 checkouts in the match will be over or under a specified line. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Player Nine Dart Finish
      Predict whether a specific player will achieve a nine-dart finish during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the player has already achieved a nine-dart finish.

    • Nine Dart Finishes Over/Under
      Predict whether the total number of nine-dart finishes in the match will be over or under a specified line. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Number of 100+ Checkouts
      Predict the total number of 100+ checkouts achieved by both players during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Player Number of 100+ Checkouts
      Predict whether a specific player will achieve over or under a specified number of 100+ checkouts during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • First Player to Checkout 100+ 2-Way
      Predict which player will be the first to achieve a 100+ checkout in the match. If the match is not completed, bets will be void unless a 100+ checkout has already occurred.

    • Number of Bull Finishes
      Predict the total number of bullseye finishes during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Player Number of Bull Finishes
      Predict whether a specific player will achieve over or under a specified number of bullseye finishes during the match. Bets will be void if the match is not completed unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Highest Checkout Over/Under
      Predict whether the highest checkout achieved in the match will be over or under a specified line. Bets stand regardless of match completion.

    • Lead After X Legs
      Predict which player will be leading after a specified number of legs have been played. Bets will be void if the specified number of legs is not completed.

    • To Win Match, Most 180s, Highest Checkout
      A combination bet where the selected player must win the match, score the most 180s, and achieve the highest checkout. All conditions must be met for the bet to win.

    • To Win Match, Most 180s
      A combination bet where the selected player must win the match and score the most 180s. Both conditions must be met for the bet to win.

    • To Win Match, Highest Checkout
      A combination bet where the selected player must win the match and achieve the highest checkout. Both conditions must be met for the bet to win.

    • Most 180s, Highest Checkout
      Predict the player to achieve both the most 180s and the highest checkout in the match. Both conditions must be met for the bet to win.

    • Player Checkout Percentage Over/Under
      Predict whether a player's checkout success percentage over the course of the match will be over or under the specified line. Only completed legs count. If the player does not complete a leg, bets are void.

    • 180 Scored
      Predict whether a 180 will be scored by any player in the specified leg, set or match. If the leg is not completed, bets are void.

    • Player 180 Scored (leg)
      Predict whether the named player will score a 180 in the specified leg, set or match. If the leg is not completed, bets are void.

    • Most 100+ Checkouts
      Predict which player will finish the match with the most successful checkouts of 100 or more. Draw outcome is included in the betting options.

    • 180s Asian Handicap
      Predict the winner on the Asian Handicap line based on the number of 180s scored by each player. If the match is not completed, bets are void unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Player Highest Checkout Over/Under
      Predict whether the named player's highest successful checkout during the match will be over or under the stated line.

    • First Dart of the Match Treble 20
      Predict whether the first dart thrown in the match will hit treble 20.

    • Xth 180 2-Way
      Predict which player will score the Xth 180 (e.g.: 1st 180) of the match. If the Xth 180 is not recorded bets are void.

    • Checkout Colour
      Predict the color of the final dart used in the winning checkout (Red or Green). Bets are void in case of Bulls Eye checkout.

    • First 3 Darts Total Score
      Predict the combined score of the first three darts thrown in the match by the starting player (e.g.: 0-89, 90-100, 101+).

    • Checkout Double 3-Way
      Predict the type of double that will complete the winning checkout (e.g., Double 20, other doubles, or Bullseye).

    • Break of Throw X 2-Way
      Predict whether the Xth leg (e.g. 1st leg) of the match will feature a break of throw (i.e., the player who did not throw first wins the leg). If the leg is not completed, bets are void.

    • Highest Checkout 2-Way
      Predict which player will achieve the highest successful checkout in the match. If both players tie with the same highest checkout, bets are settled as a dead heat.

  3. Live Markets

    • Winner
      Predict which player will win the match. In the event of a match not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory is deemed the winner for settlement purposes. Bets are void in the two-way market if the match result is a tie.

    • Handicap
      Predict which player will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied. In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes, then all bets are void. All bets will be void if a match is not completed.

    • Over/Under
      The prediction of the total number of sets/legs completed in the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • O/U Total 180s
      In Match Predict the total number of 180s in the match. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • Total Player 180s
      Predict the total number of 180s for each player. If the match is not completed then all bets are void unless the quote has been exceeded.

    • Winner Next Leg
      Predict which player will win the next leg. All bets void if the match is not completed unless the market has already been determined.

    • Over/Under Next Leg 180
      Predict whether any player will score a 180 in the next leg. If the leg is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

    • Over/Under Next Leg Total Checkout
      Predict the total checkout in the next leg. If the leg is not completed, then all bets are void.

    • Most 180s in Match
      Predict which player will score the most 180s in the match. In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes, then all bets are void. All bets will be void if the match is not completed.

    • Double Result (1st Set/Match)
      Bets are placed on predicting the result of the first set and the overall match outcome. Both predictions must be correct for the bet to win. If the match is not completed for any reason, all bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Matchbet and Both Players to Win a Set
      Bets are placed on predicting the overall match winner and whether both players will win at least one set during the match. If the match is not completed, bets will be void unless both players have already won a set and the match winner is determined.

  4. Outrights

    • Winning Half
      Bets are placed on which half of the tournament draw (top or bottom) will produce the winner. The outcome is determined by the official tournament draw and the champion. If the tournament structure is altered in a way that affects the draw's balance, all bets will be void.

    • Winning Quarter
      Bets are placed on which quarter of the draw (1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th) will produce the tournament winner. Settlement is based on the official tournament draw and the champion's placement. If the quarter structure changes, all bets are void.

    • Quarter X Winner
      Bets are placed on which player will win a particular quarter of the draw (1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th).

    • Unseeded Finalist?
      Bets are placed on whether an unseeded player will reach the tournament final. The bet is won if at least one unseeded player competes in the final.

    • Unseeded Winner?
      Bets are placed on whether an unseeded player will win the tournament. The bet is won if an unseeded player wins the final match.

    • Wild Card to Reach Final?
      Bets are placed on whether a wild card entrant will reach the tournament final. The bet is a winner if a wild card player competes in the final. If no wild card players are included in the draw, all bets are void.

    • Qualifier to Reach Final?
      Bets are placed on whether a qualifier will reach the tournament final. The bet is a winner if a qualifier competes in the final match.

    • Wild Card Winner?
      Bets are placed on whether a wild card entrant will win the tournament. The bet is won if a wild card entrant wins the final match. If no wild card entrants participate in the tournament, all bets are void.

    • Qualifier Winner?
      Bets are placed on whether a qualifier will win the tournament. The bet is a winner if a qualifier wins the final match.

    • First Time Winner?
      Bets are placed on whether the tournament will be won by a player achieving their first-ever title at the same competition. The bet is won if the winner has never previously won the competition.

    • Player Stage of Elimination
      Bets are placed on the stage at which a specific player will be eliminated (e.g., Quarterfinal, Semifinal, Final). Settlement is based on the official tournament results. If the player withdraws before completing their first match, all bets on that player are void. If the player withdraws mid-tournament, their stage of elimination will be considered the last round they completed.

    • Straight Forecast
      Bets are placed on predicting the players who will finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order. Settlement is based on the official tournament results. If one or both players do not participate, bets will be void.

    • 180s Over/Under
      Bets are placed on whether the total number of 180s scored across the tournament will be over or under a pre-determined line. Settlement is based on official match statistics provided by the tournament organizer. If the tournament is shortened or matches are not completed, bets may be void unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Most 180s
      Bets are placed on the player who will score the most 180s during the tournament. Settlement is based on official match statistics. If two or more players are tied, dead heat rules apply. If a player does not participate, bets on that player are void.

    • Highest Checkout
      Bets are placed on the highest checkout scored during the tournament. Settlement is based on official statistics. If the tournament is canceled or incomplete, bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Number of 100+ Checkouts
      Bets are placed on the total number of 100+ checkouts achieved across the tournament. Settlement is based on official match statistics. If the tournament is shortened, bets may be void unless the line has already been exceeded.

    • Highest Checkout Over/Under
      Bets are placed on whether the highest checkout in the tournament will be over or under a pre-determined value. Settlement is based on official tournament statistics. If the tournament is abandoned, bets will be void unless the line has already been exceeded.

    • Highest 3-Dart Average
      Bets are placed on the highest 3-dart average achieved by any player during the tournament. Settlement is based on official statistics. If the tournament is not completed, bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Player 180s Over/Under
      Bets are placed on whether a specific player will score over or under a pre-determined number of 180s during the tournament. Settlement is based on official match statistics. If the player does not participate or withdraws before completing the tournament, bets on that player are void unless the line has already been exceeded.

    • Player 170 Checkout?
      Bets are placed on whether a specific player will achieve a 170 checkout during the tournament. Settlement is based on official match statistics. If the player does not participate, bets are void. If the tournament is incomplete, bets may be void unless the outcome is already determined.

    • Number of Bull Finishes
      Bets are placed on the total number of bullseye finishes (checkouts ending on the bullseye) across the tournament. Settlement is based on official statistics. If the tournament is shortened or matches are not completed, bets may be void unless the outcome is already determined.

FencingTop

  1. Outright Betting is all-in compete or not. Where applicable the podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  2. To Win Match - Prices are offered for each participant to win the duel and in the event of a draw all bets will be void and stakes returned. If either participant is replaced with another fighter all bets will be void and stakes returned.

Field HockeyTop

  1. All markets are based on the result at the end of normal time for each relevant period, (70 minutes play, 2 halves of 35 minutes or 4 quarters of 17 minutes 30 seconds), unless specifically detailed otherwise.

  2. Extra time and penalty shootouts count on bets for markets To Qualify, Winner etc. A match must be played for at least 60 minutes for bets to stand, unless the market has already been determined.

FloorballTop

  1. General

    All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to have action. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.

    If a match venue is changed, the bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

    All match markets will be settled on the score at the end of regular time and will exclude overtime if played or sudden end, unless otherwise stated.

    Period Betting - The relevant period must be completed for bets to have action unless the specific market outcome is already determined.

    If a match is suspended before the normal time is reached, and not completed within 24 hours, bets on the outcome of the match are considered void and all stakes shall be returned.

    If a match is postponed for any reason, all bets will be cancelled, and all stakes refunded.

    If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

    All settlements are based on the statistics and results provided by the official website of the league’s governing body on the day of the game, unless otherwise stated.

  2. 1x2 At Full time Excluding Overtime
    Predict the result of regular time.

  3. Over/Under Full time Excluding Overtime
    Predict the number of goals, over or under a limit.

  4. Highest scoring event part
    Predict in which Event Part will be scored most.

  5. Total Score
    Predict the number of goals scored in the game, the user has the possibility to bet on exactly/ range and more than.

  6. Correct Score
    Predict the exact score with which the match will end. Ordinary time only.

FootballTop

  1. General

    Football starting dates and times displayed on our website are an indication only and are not guaranteed to be correct. If a game is suspended or postponed, all bets will remain active for 48 hours after kickoff. If we receive news that a postponed game has been rescheduled for some time after these 48 hours, we will immediately return all funds from pending bets.

    If a betting event is postponed, cancelled or does not start at the time displayed in the betting offer and rescheduled for a date within the 48 hours and then postponed again, all bets will be active for yet another 48 hours from the last rescheduled date. This process would continue as long as the postponed game kept getting rescheduled within 48 hours.

    Video Assistant Referee (VAR) can result in bets being voided. Decisions made after a significant event occurs may result in confirmed bets being voided. Bets voided will be from the time of the significant event, until the time the final VAR decision was officially announced.

    Unless otherwise specified, bets on the outcome of a match will be decided based on two halves of 45 minutes each and any time the referee adds to compensate for injuries and other stoppages. It does not include periods of extra time nor penalty shootouts.

    Some Soccer matches may have different playing schedules. In that case the following rule will apply:

    90 minutes scheduled play (3 x 30 minutes). Full-time bets are still considered valid. Half-time bets are considered void.

    80 minutes scheduled play (2 x 40 minutes). All bets are still considered valid.

    If the playing schedule is different from the above stated, all bets are void.

    In the absence of an official source, or when significant conflicting evidence is present, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.

    If a match venue is changed (other than to the away team's ground) then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be void. We will endeavor to identify on our website all matches played at a neutral venue. For matches played at a neutral venue (whether indicated on our site or not), bets will stand regardless of which team is listed as the home team. In the event of a match being played on a neutral ground the team displayed first will be considered as the home team.

    If a match is abandoned before the end of the game, and not completed on the day it was initially scheduled, bets on the outcome of the match are considered voided and all stakes shall be returned, except for those bets the outcome of which has already been determined at the time of abandonment.

    Example: Milan - Inter abandoned in min 74 at 2-0, half time score 1-0

    1. I win if I placed a bet on Milan to win First Half.

    2. I lose if I placed a bet on Over 1.5 Goals at half time.

    3. I will get my stake back if I placed a bet on O/U 2.5 Full time.

    4. I will get my stake back if I placed a bet on Milan to win at Asian Handicap -1.5.

  2. Extra Time

    All bets are settled on the official statistics for the extra time period only. Any goals, corners, etc. that were taken or scored during the regulation time do not count. Extra time does not include a Penalty shootout;

    Extra time does not include a Penalty shootout.

    If the match does not go to an Extra Time [ET] all bets are void.

  3. Penalties Shootout

    All bets are settled on the official score for penalty shootout part only.

    If the match does not go to a penalty shootout all bets are void.

  4. 1X2

    Bets can be placed by either selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

    1 - Home Win X - Draw 2 - Away Win

  5. Asians

    The Asian Line is a special type of handicap used for Soccer matches. Depending on the strength of each team, a handicap is issued for the game. This enables the odds for each side to be more similar, allowing more competitive betting opportunities.

    All bets on the Asian Handicap in live betting (including 1st/2nd half bets) are settled according to the score line. Any goals prior to the bet being placed are ignored for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

    Asian HandicapWhat it means
    0You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw (0 goals difference), your stake is refunded.
    0.25You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw, your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.
    0.5You win if your team draws or wins the match.
    0.75You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a one goal difference, you lose half of the stake.
    1You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.
    -0.25You win if your team wins the match. If it draws you lose half of the stake.
    -0.5You win if your team wins the match.
    -0.75You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with one goal your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.
    -1You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.

    Live betting example: Juventus vs Man United - Live score 1:0

    1. I win if I placed a bet on Milan to win First Half.

    2. I lose if I placed a bet on Over 1.5 Goals at half time.

    3. I will get my stake back if I placed a bet on O/U 2.5 Full time.

    4. I will get my stake back if I placed a bet on Milan to win at Asian Handicap -1.5.

    TeamAsian HandicapOdds
    Juventus-0.751.80
    Manchester+0.752.15

    Final score 3:0 If you bet on Juventus €100, your net win is €80 Final score 2:0, 3:1 If you bet on Juventus €100, your net win €40 Final score 1:0, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3,2:1, 2:2, 3:2, 3:3 If you bet on Man. United €100, your net win is €115.

  6. Over/Under

    Predict the total goals scored in a match. Goals are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bets are placed (unlike Asians, where the result before the bet has been placed is ignored). If a game is abandoned, bets will be void unless the settlement is already unconditionally determined.

    Over/UnderWhat it means
    Under 2Bets win if there is either 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
    Under 2.25Bets win if there is either 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, half the stake will win and half will be returned. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
    Under 2.5Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
    Under 2.75Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. If there are three goals exactly, half the stake will be returned and half will be lost. Bets lose if there are four or more goals scored in the match.
    Over 2Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
    Over 2.25Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, half the stake will be returned and half will be lost. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
    Over 2.5Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.
    Over 2.76Bets win if there are four or more goals scored in the match. If there are three goals exactly, half the stake will win and half will be returned. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.
  7. 1x2 First Half/ 1x2 second half betting

    All bets placed on outcomes to occur during the 1st half apply to the period between the start of the match and the end of the 1st half. All bets placed on outcomes to occur in the 2nd half apply to the period between the start of the 2nd half and the end of the 2nd half. The start/end of the half is defined by the referee's whistle which starts/ends the respective half.

    If a betting event is suspended or interrupted and rescheduled for a date within 48 hours, all bets will stand, except for those bets the outcome of which has already been determined at the time of interruption.

  8. Draw no bet

    Predict which team will be the winner. In case of a draw, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

  9. Home no bet

    Predict which team will be the winner. In case of a home win, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

  10. Away no bet

    Predict which team will be the winner. In case of an away win, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

  11. Double Chance

    A Double Chance market allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a game with one bet. There is also Double Chance 1st Half market, which is settled according to the result of the 1st half only.

    The following options are available:

    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw then bets on this option are winners. X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or an away win then bets on this option are winners. 1 or 2 - if the result is either a home win or an away win then bets on this option are winners.

  12. Home Draw Away with Handicap

    In a Home Draw Away with Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets. Bets are settled according to the final result. There is another option of this market: 1st Half Home Draw Away with Handicap, which is settled according to the result of 1st half only.

    For example:

    Handicap (-2) - You will win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of three or more. Tie (-2) - You will win if the team with (-2) Handicap wins the match with exactly 2 goals difference. Handicap (+2) - You will win if your team loses / draws / wins by 1 goal.

  13. Total Goals/Total Goals 1st Half

    Predict the total goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.

    Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 or more goals in the match/ 1st half.

    Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 2 goals or less in the match/ 1st half.

  14. Number of Goals/Number of Goals 1st Half

    Predict the exact number of goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1 st half is completed, bets on Number of Goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Goals will be void.

    Example: Milan - Inter abandoned in min 74 at 2-0, half time score 1-0

    1. I lose the bet if I place it on 0 or 1 goals.

    2. I will win the bet if I place it on 1 goal in the first half.

    3. I will get my stake back if I place a bet on 3 or more goals.

  15. Number of Team Goals/Number of Team Goals 1st Half

    Predict the exact number of goals scored by a named team in the match/1 st half. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an event is abandoned after the 1sthalf is completed, bets on Number of Team goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Team Goals will be void.

  16. Teams to score in 1st Half/2ndHalf/Both halves

    Predict if a team will score at least one goal in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal for settlement purposes.

    If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.

  17. Goalscorer

    Predict if a player will score first/last/anytime goal in the match. We make every effort to offer prices for all possible participants. However, players not originally quoted will count as winners should they score the first/last goal. Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will count as the first/last goalscorer bet.

    If only own goals are scored in the match, it will be considered as No Goalscorer result for settlement purposes.

    1. First or Last Goalscorer – Predict if a certain player will score either first or last goal in the match

    2. 2 or more – Predict if a certain player will score 2 or more goals in the match

    3. 3 or more - Predict if a certain player will score 3 or more goals in the match

    For Live Betting, own goals will not count for first or subsequent goal scorers. If any goal is officially awarded as an own goal, the result of the following goal scorer market will count for the settlement of the original one - e.g. first goal of the game is an own goal. The scorer of the second goal will be settled as the winner for both the first and second goal scorer. In the event of the first goal scorer being an own goal and that being the only goal of the game, both the first and second goal scorers will be settled as no goal scorer.

    Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void upon user request. For First Goalscorer, bets on players coming on as substitutes after the first goal has already been scored will also be declared void upon user request.

    If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, all winning bets on First Goalscorer and on Anytime Goalscorer (bets on players who have already scored) will stand, all other bets on Goalscorer market will be void.

    If a match is abandoned before a goal is scored, all bets will be void.

  18. Player to score goal X

    Predict the name of the player who will score the quoted goal. Own goals will not count for first or subsequent goal scorers. If any goal is officially awarded as an own goal, the result of the following goal scorer market will count for the settlement of the original one - e.g. first goal of the game is an own goal. The scorer of the second goal will be settled as the winner for both the first and second goal scorer. In the event of the first goal scorer being an own goal and that being the only goal of the game, both the first and second goal scorers will be settled as no goal scorer. Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void upon user request.

  19. Time of First/Next Goal

    Predict when the 1st /next goal of the game will be scored by choosing from given time periods. Own goals will count for settlement purposes.

    Betting periods at the end of either half include any injury/stoppage time added on by the match official at the end of normal time. Extra time does not count.

    If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored all bets will stand. If a match is abandoned before the first goal is scored, or a game finishes without any goals being scored, all bets will be void. As soon as a game kicks off it will be deemed to be in the first minute. For example, a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds will be settled as scored in the 25th minute.

  20. Team to score Goal X

    Predict which team will score goal X. Own goals count to the side credited with the goal. In the event of an abandoned game, bets stand on scores that have already taken place. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  21. Team to Score Goal X With Money Back on No goal

    Predict which team will score the quoted goal, for the specified period. If the quoted goal is not scored, the bet will be voided.

  22. Last Team to score

    Predict which team will score the last goal. In the event of an abandoned game, bets stand on scores that have already taken place. Extra Time does not count for these markets.

  23. Next Team to Score

    Predict which team will score the next goal based on the current score. In the event of an abandoned game, bets stand on scores that have already taken place. Extra Time does not count for these markets.

  24. Race to X Goals

    Predict if a certain team reaches the quoted number of goals first in the event. In case of an abandonment before 90 minutes have been played, all bets will be voided unless settlement is already determined.

  25. Both Teams to Score

    Predict whether both teams will score at least one goal in the game. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of these bets is already determined.

    Yes” – meaning that both teams will score.

    “No” – meaning that either team will not score.

  26. Both Teams to Score

    Predict whether both teams will score at least one goal in the 1st half. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of these bets is already determined.

  27. Both teams to Score in 2nd half

    Predict whether both teams will score at least one goal in the 2nd half. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of these bets is already determined.

  28. Both teams to Score in 2nd half

    1. Yes and Over 2.5= both teams to score a goal AND there are at least 3 goals scored in total in the game.

    2. No and Under 2.5= both teams do not score a goal AND there are up to 2 goals scored in total in the game.

    3. Yes and Under 2.5= both teams to score a goal AND there are up to 2 goals scored in total in the game.

    4. No and Over 2.5= both teams do not score a goal AND there are at least 3 goals scored in total in the game.

    If a match is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.

  29. Matchbet and Totals

    Predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under X goals scored in the match from the given options.

    If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.

  30. Matchbet and Both Teams to Score

    Predict the result of the match at the end of regular time (90 minutes) and if both teams will score in the match. Extra Time does not count for this market. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void.

  31. Total Score

    Predict the number of goals scored in the game, the user has the possibility to bet on exactly/range and more than. Bets are settled on the total number of goals scored by both teams in the match.

  32. Total Team Goals/1st Half Total Team Goals

    Predict the total goals scored by a certain team in the match/1st half. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.

    For example:

    Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 3 or more goals in the match/ 1st half

    Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 2 goals or less in the match/ 1sthalf

  33. To Win to Nil

    Predict if a certain team will win the game, without conceding a goal.

  34. Winning Margin

    Predict the team to win the match and the victory margin. For example, in a match Team A vs Team B:

    1. Bet on Team A to win by 2 or more goals is a winner if the result is 2:0, 3:0, 3:1, 4:0, 4:1, 4:2, etc.

    2. Bet on Team A to win by 1 goal is a winner if the result is 1:0, 2:1, 3:2, etc.

    3. Bet on Score Draw is a winner in case of any draw results with the exception of 0:0, i.e. 1:1, 2:2, 3:3, etc.

    4. Bet on No score draw is a winner if only if the result is 0:0.

    5. Bet on Team B to win by 2 or more goals is a winner if the result is 0:2, 0:3, 1:3, 0:4, 1:4, 2:4, etc.

    6. Bet on Team B to win by 1 goal is a winner if the result is 0:1, 1:2, 2:3, etc.

  35. To Win Either Half

    Predict if a certain team will win at least one half of the game – no matter 1st or 2nd half.

  36. To Win Both Halves

    Predict if a certain team will score more goals than the opposition in both halves of the match.

  37. Correct score

    Predict the correct score of the match by choosing from given results. If a correct score occurs that is not an option in our offer, all bets are lost.

  38. Correct score

    Predict if accumulated goals by both teams will add up to an odd or even number. When no goals are scored, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless an outcome is already determined.

    There are several variations of this market:

    1. Odd/Even – bets on it are settled according to Full time score

    2. 1st Half Odd/Even – bets on it are settled according to the 1st half result only

    3. 2nd Half Odd/Even – bets on it are settled according to the 2nd half result only

  39. Half with Most Goals

    Predict in which half most goals will be scored (1st, 2nd or Draw).

  40. Halftime/fulltime Excluding Overtime (HT/FT)

    Predict the result of a match at halftime and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

    Example: If you choose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match to end in a draw. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.

  41. Clean Sheet

    Clean sheet means that a team will finish the game without conceding a goal. Own goals are valid for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.

  42. Come From Behind and Win

    Predict if a certain team will be down by one or more goals during any time of the match but will eventually win the match.

  43. Corners Over/Under, Corners 1stHalf Over/Under, Corners 2nd Half Over/Under

    Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply

    Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  44. Total Team Corners

    Total team corners are like Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by the number of corners taken by the chosen team. Push rules apply. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  45. Race to X Corners

    Predict if a certain team reaches the quoted number of corners first in the event. In case of abandonment, if 90 minutes have been played, then, all bets will be voided unless settlement is already determined.

  46. First/Last Corner

    Predict which team will take the first/last corner in the game.

    Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  47. Most Corners

    Predict which team will get more corners in a match. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. If a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

  48. Next Corner

    Predict which team will get the next corner, based on the current corner. If this specific corner is not taken in the game, bets will be void. For example, game finishes or is abandoned with 8 corners taken – all bets on any corner after the 8th will be void (9th, 10th, etc.).

  49. Half with Most Corners

    Predict in which half most corners will be taken. If match is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the market is already determined.

  50. Corners Odd/Even

    Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will add up to an odd or even number. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  51. Team Corners Odd/Even

    Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by a certain team) will add up to an odd or even number. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  52. Number Of Corners

    Predict the total corners taken in the match (by both teams). Three types of options are available: Exact, Range, X or more.

    Example: Corner Score: Team A 5-2 Team B

    1. Exact - Bet on Exact 7 wins

    2. Range - Bet on Range: 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, …, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, …, etc. wins

    3. X or more - Bet on 1 or more, 2 or more, ... , 7 or more wins

    Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  53. Team Number of Corners

    Win/Loss is determined by the number of corners taken by the chosen team. Three types of options are available: Exact, Range, X or more.

    Example: Corner Score: Team A 5-2 Team B

    1. Exact - Bet on Team A - Exact 5 wins

    2. Range - Bet on Team A: 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, …, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, etc. wins

    3. X or more - Bet on Team A - 1 or more, 2 or more, ... , 5 or more wins

    Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  54. Asians Handicap & Over/Under Corners FT/1st Half/2nd Half

    1. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by the corners taken by both teams. Push rules apply.

    2. Asians & Over/Under Corners FT will be settled according to the corners taken during the whole match.

    3. Asians & Over/Under Corners 1st Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the first half only.

    4. Asians & Over/Under Corners 2nd Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the second half only.

    Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  55. Corner X (2 Way)

    Predict which team will take the named corner in the game. If this specific corner is not taken in the game, bets will be void. For example, game finishes or is abandoned with 8 corners taken – all bets on any corner after the 8th will be void (9th, 10th, etc.).

  56. Goal in Time Range

    Bet on whether a goal will be scored in the named periods. If the match is abandoned, bets on the periods before the time of abandonment still stand, while all bets on periods after that time will be cancelled. Bets on the period which includes the minute the game was stopped, will be settled in case there is a goal already scored in the named period. Otherwise, bets will be void.

  57. Team Goal in Time Range

    Bet on whether a goal will be scored by a certain team in the named periods. If the match is abandoned, bets on the periods before the time of abandonment still stand, while all bets on periods after that time will be cancelled. Bets on the period which includes the minute the game was stopped, will be settled in case there is a goal already scored in the named period. Otherwise, bets will be void.

  58. Time of First/Next Team Goal

    Predict when the 1st/last goal of the game will be scored by choosing from given time periods. Own goals will count for settlement purposes.

    Betting periods at the end of either half include any injury/stoppage time added on by the match official at the end of normal time. Extra time does not count.

    If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored all bets will stand. If a match is abandoned before the first goal is scored, or a game finishes without any goals being scored, all bets will be void. As soon as a game kicks off it will be deemed to be in the first minute. So, for example a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds will be settled as scored in the 25th minute.

    Settlement will be made by the time given by the official match source as the time of First/Next goal is scored.

  59. Time of Goal X

    Predict if the Xth goal will be scored before minute Y. Ex: Goal 3 before Min 30 of the game. If a game is abandoned before the 30th Min (29:59), bets will be voided, unless a goal has already been scored in the game.

  60. Time of Team Goal

    Predict if the Xth goal of the named team will be scored before minute Y. Ex: Arsenal Goal 3 before Min 30 of the game. If a game is abandoned before the 30th Min (29:59), bets will be voided, unless a goal has already been scored in the game.

  61. Bookings/Team Bookings Over/Under

    This market is like Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by cards accumulated for cards shown to both teams. Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for non-players (already substituted players, managers, players on bench) are not considered. Yellow cards count as 1 point and red or yellow-red card as 2. The second yellow for one player which leads to a red card is not considered. Consequently, one player cannot cause more than 3 booking points.

  62. Yellow Cards Odd/Even

    Predict if accumulated yellow cards by both teams will add up to an odd or even number. When no cards are shown, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes.

    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).

    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  63. First Team Booking

    Predict which team will get first card of the match. The option “none”, for which the bet is won if no cards are shown, is available as well.

  64. Team to Receive First Yellow Card

    Predict which team will get the first yellow card of the match. The option “none”, for which the bet is won if no cards are shown, is available as well.

  65. Cards Odd/Even

    Predict if accumulated cards by both teams will add up to an odd or even number. When no cards are shown, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes.

    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards.

    The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).

    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  66. Team Number of Cards

    Predict the number of cards which will be shown in a match for a specified team.

    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).

    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  67. Yellow/Red Cards Over/Under

    Win/Loss is determined by Yellow/Red cards accumulated for cards shown to both teams. A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).

    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  68. Number of cards

    Predict the number of cards that will be shown in a match.

    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).

    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  69. Sending Off

    Predict if a red card is shown in the match. Red cards for non-players (already substituted players, managers, players on bench which are not substituted in) are not considered.

  70. Winner of Time Range

    Predict the winner for the indicated time range. Bets are settled using the official time of the goals scored.

  71. To Go to Penalties

    Predict if the match outcome will be decided after penalty shoot-out.

  72. A Substitute to Score

    Predict if a substitute will score in the game.

  73. Own Goal Scored

    Predict if there will be an own goal scored in the match.

  74. Method of Victory

    Predict how the match ends to get a winner.

  75. To Go to Overtime

    Predict if the match goes to extra-time.

  76. Last Team to Score Wins Match

    Predict if the team that scores last also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  77. Penalty awarded

    Predict if a penalty will be awarded in the match. If a penalty is awarded, but not taken (referee changes their decision, the game is abandoned before the penalty is taken), this penalty will be ignored for settlement purposes.

  78. Penalty awarded

    Predict if a penalty will be awarded in the match. If a penalty is awarded, but not taken (referee changes their decision, the game is abandoned before the penalty is taken), this penalty will be ignored for settlement purposes.

  79. Kick Off

    Predict which team will perform the first kick of the game. Bets accepted after the decisive toss of coin will be void. All bets stand if a kickoff has been made in the match, no matter if the match is later abandoned.

  80. Assists Over / Under (Selected Player)

    The final touch (pass, shot or any other touch) leading to the recipient of the ball scoring a goal without a decisive touch from an opposition player. Own goals or penalties do not get an assist awarded.

    All bets on Non-Starters will be void.

  81. Passes Over / Under (Selected Player)

    An intentionally played ball from one player to another. Crosses, throw-ins, and keeper throws do not count as a pass. Goal kicks, free kicks, corners, kick-offs, and penalties can be played as a pass.

  82. Offsides Over / Under (Team/Selected Player)

    Awarded to the player deemed to be in an offside position where a free kick is awarded. All bets on Non-Starters will be void.

  83. Tackles Over / Under (Team/Selected Player)

    A tackle is defined as where a player connects with the ball in ground challenge where they successfully take the ball away from the player in possession. The tackled player must clearly be in possession of the ball before the tackle is made. All bets on Non-Starters will be void.

  84. Shots on target Over / Under (Selected Player)

    Any intentional goal attempt which could result in: a) The ball goes into the net. b) The ball would have gone into the net but was stopped by a goalkeeper's save. c) The ball would have gone into the net but was stopped by a defender who is the last man. Shots hitting the frame of the goal are not counted as shots on target unless the above criteria are met. Shots blocked by another player, who is not the last man, are not counted as shots on target. All bets on Non-Starters will be void.

  85. Shots Over / Under (Selected Player)

    A shot is defined as any intentional goal attempt which could result in: a) The ball goes into the net b) The ball would have gone into the net but was saved by the goalkeeper or stopped by an opposing player who is the last-man. c) The ball is heading towards goal and is blocked by a defender, where he/she was the last one meaning that there are other defenders or a goalkeeper behind the blocker. d) The ball would have gone over or wide of the goal but was stopped by a goalkeeper’s save or by an outfield player. e) The ball hits the frame of the goal. All bets on Non-Starters will be void.

  86. Hit The Woodwork player props

    Bets on whether a particular player(s) will manage to hit the cross bar, goal post or any other part of the frame delineating the goal area. This will be settled as accomplished only if the shot DOES NOT result directly in a goal, awarded exactly after the ball hits a part of the goal frame.

    Only direct shots from a player, which hit the woodwork without any other interference from players or the goalkeeper will count for settlement purposes.

  87. Offside

    Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the offsides ruled against each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by offsides ruled against both teams.

    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  88. First / Last Offside

    Predict which team will be caught first/last in an offside position in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  89. Fouls

    Fouls are similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the fouls committed by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by fouls committed by both teams.
    Only fouls conceded will count for settlement purposes. This includes any act by a player that is deemed to interfere with the active play of the game by the referee, excluding offsides. Any misconducts that happen when the ball Is out of play will not count as a foul. Penalties are included to the overall fouls counts.
    Note: German Bundesliga fouls - for settlement purposes will be used "fouls" but not "fouls overall" statistics from the official Bundesliga website.
    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  90. Ball Possession

    Ball Possession is similar to Handicap Wager. Win/loss is determined by the Ball Possession of both teams, then by comparing the ball possession with the handicap given before the game started.
    For settlement purposes, possession Percentages are rounded to the closest number as follows:
    50.4% > 50%
    50.6% > 51%
    Note: Greece - Super League: For settlement reasons, the statistics will be used as they appeared after the end of the match by the official TV provider of the Superleague.
    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void.

  91. Passes

    A ball played intentionally from one player to another.
    Attempted passes also will be counted as valid for settlement purposes.
    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  92. Shots on Target

    "Shots on Target" is like Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the shots on target of each team, applying the given Handicap.
    Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by shots on target of both teams.
    Note: Greece - Super League: For settlement reasons, the statistics will be used as they appeared after the end of the match by the official TV provider of the Superleague.
    If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.

  93. Total Throw In

    Total Throw Ins is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the throw ins taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by throw ins taken by both teams.
    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.

  94. Outright/Winner

    Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

  95. To Qualify/Win the Cup

    Winner is the team advancing to the next round or winning the cup. Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.

  96. Relegation / Promotion

    Bets are settled on the final league position, after play offs (if played), unless otherwise stated. If a team is removed from the league before the season has started, then all bets on that market will be made void, and a new relegation/promotion book will be opened.

  97. Group Winner / Qualify / Forecast / Points

    Bets settled on final Group standings.
    Group Winner – Predict the team which will win the group.
    Group Qualify – Predict if a team will qualify for the next round of the tournament without playoffs.
    Group Forecast – Predict the exact place the named team or teams will finish in.
    Group Points – Predict how many points a team will accumulate.

  98. Elimination Stage

    Predict in which stage of a tournament a certain team will be eliminated.

  99. Head 2 Head

    If one or more contestants fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void.
    If both Teams reach the same stage, the bets will be void.

  100. Winner Double Chance

    Predict whether one of the two selected teams will win the tournament.

  101. Winner & Top Goalscorer

    Predict the selected team to win the tournament and the selected player from to be the top goalscorer of the tournament. Both conditions must be met for the bet to be won.

  102. Winner & Top Assistman

    Predict the selected team to win the tournament and the selected player to be the top assistman of the tournament. Both conditions must be met for the bet to be won.

  103. Winner Without

    Predict the selected team to win the tournament if the indicated team is removed from the field for settlement purposes.

  104. Top Goalscorer & Top Assistman

    Predict the 1st indicated player to be the top goalscorer and the 2nd indicated player the top assistman in the tournament. Both conditions must be met for the bet to be won.

  105. Top Club Goalscorer

    Predict the player from the indicated club who will score the most goals for their national team in the tournament.

  106. Top Team Goalscorer

    Predict which player from a specific team will score the most goals in the tournament.

  107. Top League Goalscorer

    Predict the player from the indicated league who will score the most goals for their national team in the tournament.

  108. Group Of Winner

    Predict the group in which the tournament winner will emerge from.

  109. Confederation Of Winner

    Predict the confederation of the team that will win the tournament (e.g., UEFA, CONMEBOL, AFC, etc).

  110. Group Winner & Rock Bottom

    Predict the team that will win the group and the team that will finish at the bottom of the group.

  111. Team Number of Group Points

    Predict the number of points a specific team will accumulate in the group stage of the tournament.

  112. Highest Scoring Group

    Predict which group will have the highest total number of goals scored in the group stage.

  113. Lowest Scoring Group

    Predict which group will have the lowest total number of goals scored in the group stage.

  114. Bottom X

    Predict which team will finish in the bottom X of the group stage or tournament.

  115. Will Team Qualify from Group Stage?

    Predict whether the selected team will qualify for the knockout stages of the tournament after the group stage.

  116. Will Team Win Their Group?

    Predict whether the selected team will win their group in the tournament.

  117. Will Team Finish Last in the Group?

    Predict whether the selected team will finish last in their group during the tournament.

  118. Will Team Reach Final?

    Predict whether the selected team will reach the final stage of the tournament.

  119. Will Team Reach Semi-Final?

    Predict whether the selected team will reach the semi-final stage of the tournament.

  120. Will Team Reach Quarter-Final?

    Predict whether the selected team will reach the quarter-final stage of the tournament.

  121. Will Team Reach Last 16?

    Predict whether the selected team will reach the last 16 stage of the tournament.

  122. Will Team Win the Competition?

    Predict whether the selected team will win the tournament.

  123. Will Team be Eliminated by Penalty Shootout?

    Predict whether the selected team will be eliminated from the tournament after a penalty shootout.

  124. Team Stage of Elimination

    Predict the stage at which a specific team will be eliminated from the tournament (e.g., group stage, quarter-finals, etc.).

  125. Team to Lose All Group Matches

    Predict whether the selected team will lose all their group-stage matches.

  126. Team to Win All Group Matches

    Predict whether the selected team will win all their group-stage matches.

  127. Team to Win At Least One Group Match

    Predict whether the selected team will win at least one of their group-stage matches.

  128. >

    Team to Receive Most Cards

    Predict which team will receive the most cards (yellow or red) during the tournament. A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red). Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  129. Team to Finish on Place X

    Predict which specific place (e.g., 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) the selected team will finish in the event.

  130. Top Team in Region

    Predict the team from a specific region (e.g., Europe, South America) to be the highest-ranked team in the tournament.

  131. Not to Win

    This market settles as a winner if the selected team does not win the tournament. Bets are void if the competition is cancelled or the team does not participate.

  132. Team to Not Reach Final

    Bets win if the selected team does not reach the final of the tournament.

  133. Team to Not Reach Semifinal

    Bets win if the selected team does not reach the semi-final stage of the tournament. If the team is eliminated before the semifinals or fails to qualify, the bet wins.

  134. Team to Not Reach Quarter-Final

    Bets win if the selected team does not reach the quarter-final stage of the tournament. If the team is eliminated before the quarter-finals or fails to qualify, the bet wins.

  135. Player to Score Goal of the Tournament

    Predict which player will score the goal of the tournament, as determined by the official tournament organizers.

  136. Player to Receive Most Cards

    Predict which player will receive the most cards (yellow or red) during the tournament. A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red). Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  137. Team Player to Receive Most Cards

    Predict which player from the selected team will receive the most cards (yellow or red) during the tournament. A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red). Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  138. Player to Score a Hat-Trick

    Predict whether a player will score a hat-trick (three goals in a match) during the tournament.

  139. Top Goalscorer (Head-to-Head)

    Predict which of two players will score more goals during the tournament.

  140. Player Goals Milestones

    Predict a player to reach a specific number of goals in the tournament (e.g., 5 goals, 10 goals).

  141. Player Assists Milestones

    Predict a player to reach a specific number of assists in the tournament.

  142. Not to be Relegated

    Predict whether a team will avoid relegation (if applicable in a league format).

  143. Not to Finish Top X

    Predict whether a team will not finish in the top X positions of the tournament.

  144. Team to go Unbeaten

    Predict whether the selected team will go unbeaten throughout the tournament (without losing any match).

  145. Red Cards Over/Under

    A bet on whether the total number of red cards shown during the tournament will be over or under a specified line. Straight red cards and second yellow, red cards count; cards shown after full-time do not count.

  146. Own Goals Over/Under

    A bet on whether the number of own goals scored throughout the tournament will be over or under the given line. Only officially recorded own goals count.

  147. Number of Own Goals

    A bet on the number of own goals scored across all matches. Only officially recorded own goals count for settlement.

  148. Team Goals Conceded Over/Under

    A bet on whether a specific team will concede more or fewer goals than a defined threshold across all matches in the tournament, including extra time (but excluding penalty shootouts).

  149. Team Number of Goals Conceded

    A bet on how many goals a particular team concedes during the tournament, excluding penalties in shootouts.

  150. Free Kick Goals Over/Under

    A bet on whether the number of goals scored directly from free kicks will be over or under a defined value. Deflected free kicks that result in goals count if officially recorded as such.

  151. Number of Free Kick Goals

    A bet on how many goals are scored directly from free kicks during the tournament.

  152. Headed Goals Over/Under

    A bet on whether the total number of goals scored via headers during the tournament will be over or under a specified line. Only goals officially recorded as headers are counted.

  153. Number of Headed Goals

    A bet on how many goals are scored with headers. Only official data is used to determine the scoring method.

  154. Goals From Outside the Box Over/Under

    A bet on whether the number of goals scored from outside the penalty area will exceed or fall below a set line. Only goals fully struck from outside the box count.

  155. First Half Goals Over/Under

    A bet on whether the total number of goals scored in the first halves of all tournament matches will be over or under the stated value.

  156. Second Half Goals Over/Under

    A bet on whether the total number of goals scored in the second halves (including second-half injury time) of all tournament matches will exceed or fall short of the defined line.

  157. Goals From Substitutes Over/Under

    A bet on whether substitutes will score over or under the given line during the tournament. A substitute is defined as a player not in the starting XI who enters the match and scores.

  158. Number of Goals from Substitutes

    A bet on how many goals are scored by substitute players (non-starters) in the tournament.

  159. Penalties Awarded Over/Under

    A bet on the number of penalties awarded (not necessarily converted) during the tournament. Penalties awarded during regular time and extra time count; shootout penalties do not.

  160. Team Group Points Over/Under

    A bet on whether a specific team will accumulate more or fewer group stage points than a specified line. Standard point allocation applies (win = 3, draw = 1, loss = 0).

  161. Goals Scored in Second Half Injury Time Over/Under

    A bet on whether the number of goals scored in second-half stoppage time across the tournament will exceed or fall short of a given line.

  162. Number of Goals Scored in Second Half Injury Time

    A bet on the total number of goals scored in second-half stoppage time across all matches in the tournament.

  163. Goals Scored in the First Minute Over/Under

    A bet on whether goals will be scored in the first minute (00:00–00:59) of matches across the tournament more or less than the defined number.

  164. Bore Draws Over/Under

    A bet on whether there will be more or fewer 0–0 draws than the stated line. Only matches ending 0–0 at the end of regulation time count. Extra time and penalties do not apply.

  165. Extra Time Matches Over/Under

    A bet on the number of matches that require extra time during the knockout stage. Matches progressing directly to penalties after 90 minutes without extra time do not count.

  166. Penalty Shootouts Over/Under

    A bet on the total number of matches in the tournament decided by penalty shootouts. Only shootouts occurring after extra time count; penalties in regular time do not.

  167. Comeback Wins Over/Under

    A bet on whether the number of matches won by teams that were trailing at any point will be over or under the specified total. Only wins in regular or extra time count.

  168. Team Number of Goals

    A bet on the total number of goals a specific team scores during the entire tournament, including group stage and knockout rounds (excluding penalties in shootouts).

  169. Number of Yellow Cards

    A bet on the total number of yellow cards shown during the tournament. Second yellows that result in red cards count as one yellow. Cards shown to non-players or after full-time do not count.

  170. Number of Penalties Converted

    A bet on how many penalties are successfully scored (converted) during regular and extra time in the tournament. Shootout penalties do not count.

  171. Number of Shots on Target

    A bet on the total number of shots on target recorded during the tournament across all matches. Official data sources (e.g. Opta) determine validity.

  172. Number of Offsides

    A bet on the number of offsides recorded in all tournament matches. Data is based on official match statistics.

  173. Number of Goals from Outside the Box

    A bet on how many goals are scored from outside the penalty area across all matches.

  174. Number of First Half Goals

    A bet on the total number of goals scored in the first half of each match across the tournament.

  175. Number of Second Half Goals

    A bet on the total number of goals scored in the second half (including injury time) of all matches.

  176. Number of Penalties Awarded

    A bet on how many penalties are awarded during regulation or extra time. Penalty shootouts are excluded.

  177. Number of Goals Scored in the First Minute

    A bet on how many goals are scored in the first 60 seconds of matches.

  178. Number of Bore Draws

    A bet on the total number of 0–0 results at the end of regulation time across the tournament.

  179. Number of Extra Time Matches

    A bet on the number of matches that go into extra time after a draw in regular time.

  180. Number of Penalty Shootouts

    A bet on the number of knockout matches that are decided by a penalty shootout.

  181. Number of Comeback Wins

    A bet on the number of matches where a team that was trailing at any point comes back to win during regular or extra time.

  182. Team Goalscorer

    Predict which player of a certain team will score the most goals in a League/Tournament.
    Goals scored both in regular and extra time count. Penalty shootout goals do not count. If there aren’t any goals scored by the named team, all bets will be void.

  183. Top Goalscorer

    Players who are nominated to play for their teams are considered VALID bets regardless of whether they are sidelined or injured during the tournament. In case a player is transferred to a different club within the same league, goals scored prior to the move will be counted. If a player is transferred to a club in another league, goals scored prior to the transfer cannot be brought over to his/her new league. All bets will stand in case of any of the above-mentioned scenario, unless otherwise stated:
    Own goals will be ignored.
    Only League goals scored are counted.
    Goals scored in playoff matches are not counted.

  184. To Score and Provide an Assist

    Predict if a certain player will score and offer an assist in the same game.

  185. To Score a Penalty

    Predict if either of the teams involved in the game will score a penalty (only applies to ordinary time).

  186. To Miss a Penalty

    Predict if either of the teams involved in the game will miss a penalty (only applies to ordinary time).

  187. Teams to Score

    Predicted if the home team scores, the away team scores, both teams score or neither team scores.

  188. Team Yellow Cards O/U

    Predict if the total yellow cards shown to one of the teams is over or under a certain threshold. A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).
    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.
    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red). Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  189. Team Cards O/U

    Predict if the total yellow and red cards shown to one of the teams is over or under a certain threshold. A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).
    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and benched players are not considered.

  190. Most Yellow Cards

    Predict which team will be shown more yellow cards. The option for equal number of cards is included.

  191. Both Teams to Receive 2 or More Cards

    Bets are placed on whether both teams will receive at least two cards (yellow or red) during the match.
    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red).
    Bets will be voided if the match is abandoned unless the outcome of the bet has already been determined.
    Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and benched players are not considered.

  192. Most Offsides

    Predict which team will be caught in offside position more times. The option for equal number of offsides is included.

  193. Most Fouls

    Predict which team will commit more fouls or if they will commit the same number of fouls.

  194. Last Team to Score (Money Back No Goal)

    Predict which team will score the last goal of the match. If, when the bet is placed, no more goals are scored, the bet will be voided.

  195. Fouls Asian Handicap

    Predict which team will commit more fouls after the foul handicap scores have been applied. The game must be completed for bets to have action and, unless specified, only includes ordinary time.

  196. Booking Points Over/Under

    Predict if the total number of booking points will be over or under a certain threshold.

  197. Team Highest Scoring Event Part

    Predict if a team will score more goals in the first half, in the second half, or the number of goals will be equal in the 2 halves.

  198. Double Chance & Both Teams to Score (6-way)

    Predict the outcome of the match (home team or draw, home team or away team, away team or draw) and if both teams will score in the match or not.

  199. Corner x

    Predict which team will be awarded the X-th comer in the match. The option “none” means that the X-th corner will not be awarded. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  200. Simulated Reality Leagues*

    Disclaimer: This rule does not apply to certain jurisdictions from the Restricted Territories list. Please contact your Compliance department for more details.
    Operators can add Simulated Reality Leagues (SRL) to their offer, via BetRadar, a well-known and independent sports odds provider.
    Thanks to large number of past matches and statistics collected during many years, we are able to have a very good representation of what each team are most likely to do during each minute of the game.
    From those data and thanks to the algorithm developed, we manage to transform those collected information from the previous 500 match statistics of each team into news odds and outcome for something totally realistic. It is a perfect representation of what each team is most likely to do during each minute of the game. Ultimately, BetRadar creates the betting odds available on our website where you can place bets at any moment of the day.
    These "Simulated Matches" are 90 (2x45) minutes long and the match has goals, corners, cards possession, offsides, etc., like any "normal" match. You can bet on those markets on many different competitions: Spanish La Liga SRL, English Premier League SRL, Turkish Super League SRL Bundesliga SRL, Italian Serie A SRL and many others.
    Betting rules for Virtual Football (SRL) are identical to the Betting Rules for Football.All bets are being settled based on the official site of the provider https://sportcenter.sir.sportradar.com/simulated-reality.

  201. Total Score Excluding

    Predict the number of goals that will not be scored in the game. The user has the possibility to bet on the exact number or a specific range.

  202. Matchbet or Over/Under

    Predict the result of the match or if the total number of goals will be over or under a certain threshold.

  203. Half Time / Full Time Double Chance

    Similar to regular HT / FT, but with the option of betting on double chance results. Example: If you choose 1/X2 you bet on the home team to win the first half but the away team to not lose the match.

  204. Total Score 1st Half/2nd Half

    Predict the number of goals scored in each half.
    The user has the possibility to bet on exact number of goals, range of goals and more than X amount of goals. Bets are settled on the total number of goals scored by both teams in each half

  205. Team Total Score 1st Half/2nd Half

    Predict the number of goals scored by a certain team in each half. Own goals count for the team credited with the goal.

  206. Both teams to Score 2 or More Goals

    Predict whether each team will score at least two goals in the match.

  207. To Win Both Halves and Clean Sheet

    Bet on a team to win both halves without conceding a goal.

  208. To Win Both Halves and Over/Under

    Bet on a team to win both halves and on the number of goals being over or under a certain threshold.

  209. Matchbet and Total Score

    Bet on the result of the match and on a range of goals being scored.

  210. Matchbet or Both Teams to Score

    Predict the result of the match or if both teams will score in the match or not.

  211. Half Time / Full Time Excluding

    Predict the result of half time and full time that will not be registered in the match Example: Not 1/1 - outcome is WON if the home team will not win the 1st half and will not win the 2nd half either.

  212. Both Teams to Score and Highest Scoring Event Part

    Predict if both teams will score and if there will be more goals scored in the first half, in the second half, or the number of goals will be equal in the 2 halves.

  213. Double Chance and Highest Scoring Event Part

    Predict the outcome of the match (home team or draw, home team or away team, away team or draw) and if there will be more goals scored in the first half, in the second half, or the number of goals will be equal in the 2 halves.

  214. Double Chance & Total Score

    Predict the outcome of the match (home team or draw, home team or away team, away team or draw) and the range number of goals scored in the game.

  215. Matchbet and Team Score Over/Under

    Bet on the result of the match and on the number of goals scored by a team to be over or under a certain threshold.

  216. Matchbet and Highest Scoring Event Part

    Bet on the result of the match and if there will be more goals scored in the first half, in the second half, or the number of goals will be equal in the 2 halves.

  217. Half Time/Full Time & Total Score

    Predict the result of the 1st half and at the end of ordinary time and also the number of goals scored in the match, with the possibility to bet on exact number of goals, range of goals and more than X amount of goals.

  218. Matchbet & Goal Scored In Both Halves

    Bet on the result of the match and if there will be a goal scored in both halves.

  219. Correct Score Halftime & Fulltime

    Predict the exact score at halftime and at the end of the match by choosing from given results. If a correct score occurs that is not an option in our offer, all bets are lost.

  220. Matchbet & Time of Goal X

    Bet on the result of the match and when will the Xth goal be scored. All bets are lost in case of 0-0.

  221. Player to Score or Provide an Assist

    Bets are placed on whether a specific player will either score a goal or provide an assist during the match, including regular time and stoppage time (but excluding extra time or penalty shootouts unless otherwise stated). Settlement is based on official match statistics. If the player does not participate in the match, bets on that player will be void.

  222. First Time Winner?

    Bets are placed on whether the tournament will be won by a player achieving their first-ever title at the same competition. The bet is won if the winner has not previously won the competition.

  223. Interval Markets

    Bets involving time intervals should be understood as follows:

    1. "In Interval 30:00-39:59" covers occurrences from 30 minutes and 0 seconds to 39 minutes and 59 seconds. Occurrences happening during added injury time at the end of a half will be considered occurring within time intervals which include the final minute of that specific half.

    2. "Before 30:00" covers occurrences from kick-off up to 29 minutes and 59 seconds.

    3. "After 29:59" covers occurrences from 30 minutes and 0 seconds until the end of Ordinary Time.

    4. "Interval Of Event (Goal, Corner, Card)"" comprises ten possible outcomes:

      Eight intervals of precisely ten minutes: 00:00- 09:59; 10:00- 19:59; 20:00 - 29:59; 30:00 - 39:59; 40:00 - 49:59; 50:00 - 59:59, 60:00 - 69:59; 70:00 - 79:59. (For instance, 00:00- 09:59 refers to events from 0 minutes and 0 seconds to 09 minutes and 59 seconds, and so on up to 70:00 - 79:59, which refers to events from 70 minutes and 0 seconds to 79 minutes and 59 seconds.)

      One interval, 80:00-90+, which covers events from 80 minutes and 0 seconds to the end of Ordinary Time.

      "No Goal" / “No Corner” / “No Card”, depending on the market.

    Markets where there is a reference to time intervals, that will follow the logic described above, include but are not limited to:

    1. Goals Over/Under In Interval

    2. Cards Over/Under In Interval

    3. Free Kicks Over/Under In Interval

    4. Goal Kicks Over/Under In Interval

    5. Throw-Ins Over/Under In Interval

    6. Corners Over/Under In Interval

    7. Will A Goal Be Scored In Interval?

    8. Will A Goal Be Scored By Team In Interval?

    9. Home Draw Away In Interval

    10. Will A Corner Kick Be Awarded In Interval?

    11. Will A Card Be Shown In Interval?

    12. Will A Corner Kick Be Awarded To Team In Interval?

    13. Which Player Will Score A Goal In Interval?

    14. Will Goal X Be Scored Before Y?

    15. Will Team Goal X Be Scored Before Y?

    16. Will There Be A Goal Scored Before X?

    17. Will There Be A Goal Scored After X?

    18. Interval Of Goal X

    19. Interval Of Team Goal X

    20. Interval Of Corner X

    21. Interval Of Card X

    22. Team Goals Over/Under In Interval

    23. Both Teams To Score In Interval

    24. Double Chance In Interval

    25. Most Corners In Interval

    26. Most Corners (2-Way) In Interval

    27. Will Corner X Be Awarded In Interval?

    28. Team Corners Over/Under In Interval

    29. Corner X In Interval


    Wagers placed on specific timeframes or intervals will only consider outcomes and events relevant to the designated period.
    To clarify, the "1st minute" of a match spans from 0:00 to 0:59, the "2nd minute" from 1:00 to 1:59, the "3rd minute" from 2:00 to 2:59, and so forth.
    Events occurring outside the defined timeframe will not be considered for determining outcomes, unless otherwise specified.
    Events occurring during added injury time at the end of a half will be considered to have taken place within the timeframes including the last minute of the respective half.
    If there is no active play during the specified time due to match officials suspending play, which can be due to reasons like injury or crowd issues, bets in this market may be voided at Fitzbet’s discretion.
    Markets related to Corners, Free Kicks, and Throw-Ins within specific timeframes will be settled based on when the respective events are awarded. They must be awarded within the specified interval to be valid. Even if these events are awarded but not executed, they will still be counted.
    If an event like a Corner, Free Kick, or Throw-In is retaken as per the referee's instruction, it will only be counted once.
    For Cards to be considered valid, they must be shown within the designated interval of the match.
    Decisions made by the Video Assistant Referee (VAR) that contradict the initial decisions made by on-field officials (including non-decisions like allowing play to continue before VAR review) and alter the perceived state of the match when bets were placed, will lead to bets made between the original incident and the referee's final VAR-related decision being voided. This applies unless the odds offered were not affected by VAR use or were already reflected in the odds when the bet was accepted. Bets not influenced by the VAR decision will remain valid.
    For settlement purposes, VAR reviews and resulting decisions are considered to have occurred at the time of the initial incident for which VAR was eventually used, even if play wasn't immediately halted. Fitzbet retains the right to adjust previously settled bets if the settlement becomes inaccurate due to the final referee decision, provided this decision is made and communicated before the match or listed timeframe concludes.
    In cases where it's uncertain whether VAR was utilized due to lacking TV coverage or conflicting reports, Fitzbet will settle bets based on the information obtained from feed providers and reputable online sources, ensuring fairness.
    A yellow card counts as 1 card, and a red card counts as 2 cards. The maximum number of cards per player is 3 (1 for a yellow and 2 for a straight red or a second yellow leading to a red). Any card shown after the full-time whistle blow will be disregarded. Cards for managers and players on bench are not considered.

  224. Micro Markets
    Which Team Takes the First Corner After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first corner after the specified minute in the match. If no corner is taken after the specified minute, bets will be void. If the match is abandoned before the specified minute is reached, all bets will be void.
    Will Team Take a Shot in Time Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether a specific team will take at least one shot (on or off target) during a designated time interval in the match. If the match is abandoned during the specified interval, bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined.
    Will a Corner Kick be Taken in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether any corner kick will be taken during a specific time interval in the match. If the match is abandoned during the interval, bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.
    Corner Kick or Throw-in First After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on which event (a corner kick or throw-in) will occur first after the specified minute. If neither event occurs after the specified minute, bets will be void. If the match is abandoned before the specified minute is reached, all bets will be void.
    Will a Yellow Card be Shown in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether a yellow card will be issued during a designated time interval in the match. Only yellow cards issued to players currently on the pitch count (cards issued to coaching staff or substitutes do not count unless explicitly stated). If the match is abandoned during the interval, bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined.
    Which Team Receives First Booking After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on which team will receive the first yellow or red card after the specified minute in the match. Only cards issued to players currently on the pitch count (cards issued to coaching staff or substitutes do not count unless explicitly stated). If no bookings occur after the specified minute or if the match is abandoned before the specified minute, all bets will be void.
    Which Team Takes the First Corner After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first corner kick after a specified minute in the match. Bets will be void if the specified minute is not reached. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the corner is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Will Team Take a Shot in Time Interval
    Bets are placed on whether a specified team will take a shot during a defined time interval in the match. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will a Corner Kick be Taken in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether any corner kick will be taken during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the corner is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Corner Kick or Throw-in First After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which event will occur first (corner kick or throw-in) after a specified minute. Bets will be void if neither event occurs. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the corner or throw-in is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Will a Yellow Card be Shown in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether a yellow card will be shown during a defined time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the yellow card is awarded (not when the incident, foul, handball, etc. occurred) will be considered.
    Which Team Receives First Booking After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on which team will receive the first booking (yellow or red card) after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no booking occurs.
    Will a Shot Be Taken in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether any shot will be taken during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will a Shot On Target be Taken in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether a shot on target will occur during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Shot On Target or Shot Off Target First After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which type of shot (on target or off target) will occur first after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no shot occurs.
    Most Shots in Interval 2-Way
    Bets are placed on which team will take the most shots during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will a Shot from Outside the Box be Taken in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether a shot from outside the penalty box will occur during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will a Shot from Inside the Box be Taken in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether a shot from inside the penalty box will occur during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will Team A Foul Team B in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether Team A will commit a foul against Team B during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will There be a Free Kick in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether any free kick will be awarded during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the free-kick is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Will There be an Offside in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether an offside call will occur during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the offside is awarded (not when the resulted free-kick is taken) will be considered.
    Will There be a Save in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether a goalkeeper will make a save during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Will Team Make a Save in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether a specified team’s goalkeeper will make a save during a defined interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed.
    Free Kick or Corner Kick First After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which event (free kick or corner kick) will occur first after a specified minute. Bets will be void if neither event occurs.
    Free Kick or Throw-In First After Minute X
    Bets are placed on whether a free kick or a throw-in will occur first after a specified minute. Bets will be void if neither event occurs.
    Which Team Has the First Throw-In After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first throw-in after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no throw-in occurs.
    Which Team Takes the First Shot After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first shot after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no shot is taken.
    Which Team Takes the First Shot On Target After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first shot on target after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no shot on target is taken.
    Which Team Takes the First Shot Off Target After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first shot off target after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no shot off target is taken.
    Which Team Takes the First Shot Outside the Box After Minute X
    Bets are placed on which team will take the first shot from outside the penalty box after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no such shot is taken.
    On Which Side of the Field Will the First Foul be After Minute X
    Bets are placed on whether the first foul after a specified minute will occur on the left or right side of the field. Bets will be void if no foul occurs.
    Team First Shot After Minute X Will be On Target or Off Target
    Bets are placed on whether a team’s first shot after a specified minute will be on target or off target. Bets will be void if no shot is taken.
    Team First Pass After Minute X Will be Backwards or Forwards
    Bets are placed on whether the first pass made by a team after a specified minute will be backward or forward.
    Will Team Take the First Shot After Minute X
    Bets are placed on whether a specific team will take the first shot after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no shot is taken.
    Will There be a Cross in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether any cross into the penalty area will occur during a specified interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not completed.
    Will Team Make An Interception in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether a specified team will make an interception during a defined time interval.
    Will Team Complete Their First Pass After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on whether a team will complete their first pass after a specified minute.
    Foul or Throw-In First After Minute X
    Bets are placed on whether a foul or throw-in will occur first after a specified minute.
    Highest Possession Percentage in Interval 2-Way
    Bets are placed on which team will have the highest possession percentage during a defined time interval.
    Which Team Commits the First Foul After Minute X?
    Bets are placed on which team will commit the first foul after a specified minute. Bets will be void if no foul is committed.
    Team Number of Corners in Interval:
    Bet on how many corner kicks a specific team will take during a defined time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed unless the outcome has already been determined. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the corner is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Number of Shots in Interval:
    Bet on the total number of shots (on target, off target, and blocked) taken by both teams during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed unless the outcome is already determined.
    Team Number of Shots in Interval:
    Bet on how many shots (on target, off target, and blocked) a specific team will take during a defined time interval. If the interval is not fully completed, bets will be void unless the bet's outcome is already decided.
    Number of Fouls in Interval:
    Bet on the total number of fouls committed by both teams during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed unless the outcome is already determined.
    Team Number of Saves in Interval:
    Bet on how many saves a specific team's goalkeeper will make during a defined time interval. A save is counted when a goalkeeper prevents a goal by stopping a shot on target. Bets will be void if the interval is not completed unless the outcome has already been determined.
    Number of Tackles in Interval:
    Bet on the total number of tackles made by both teams during a specified time interval. A tackle is defined as a challenge where a player successfully takes the ball away from an opponent. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed unless the outcome is already determined.
    Number of Throw-Ins in Interval:
    Bet on the total number of throw-ins awarded to both teams during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed unless the outcome is already determined. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the throw-in is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Team Number of Throw-Ins in Interval:
    Bet on how many throw-ins a specific team will take during a defined time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed unless the outcome is already determined. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the throw-in is taken (not when it is awarded).
    Will Team First Shot After Minute X be On Target?
    Bets are placed on whether the first shot taken by a specific team after the specified minute in the match will be on target. A shot is considered on target if it is directed toward the goal and would have gone in without the intervention of the goalkeeper. Bets will be void if no shot is taken by the specified team.
    Will a Corner Kick be Taken by Team in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether the indicated team will take at least one corner kick during the specified time interval. Bets will be settled based on official match statistics. If the interval is not fully completed, bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the corner is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Will There be a Free Kick by Team in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether any free kick will be awarded to the indicated team during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the free-kick is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.
    Will a Card be Shown To Team in Interval?
    Bets are placed on whether a card will be shown during the specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the yellow card is awarded (not when the incident, foul, handball, etc. occurred) will be considered.
    Team Number of Free Kicks in Interval:
    Bets are placed on the total number of free kicks taken by the indicated team during a specified time interval. Bets will be void if the interval is not fully completed. For settlement purposes, the timestamp of when the free-kick is taken (not when it is awarded) will be considered.

  225. Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub

    Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub is a smart player market feature that keeps your bet alive even if your chosen player is substituted — as long as their replacement teammate comes on and makes an impact.

    When you place a bet on selected stat-based player markets and your chosen player is substituted during regular time, the statistical performance of their direct substitute will automatically be transferred to your bet. This ensures continuity, reduces frustration, and keeps engagement high throughout the match.

    It’s the ideal feature for football fans who love betting on player stats, without the risk of early substitutions ruining their bet.

    You’re no longer just betting on a player — you’re betting on the role. If your player goes off, their replacement passes the stats to your bet!

    How It Works

    • Place a pre-match or in-play bet on eligible Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub markets.

    • If your selected player is substituted, their bet is automatically transferred to the direct replacement.

    • The substitute takes over the statistical responsibility for the remainder of the match.

    • If the player is not replaced (e.g., player completes the full 90 minutes of regular time, team goes down to 10 men), the bet is settled based on the original player's stats at the time of substitution.

    • Only one active substitute can inherit a bet at a time, but the feature can cascade across multiple substitutes (see example below).

    Substitution Rules

    • Automatic roll-over: If your player is subbed off, the bet continues with their direct replacement.

    • Multiple substitutes: If the substitute is later replaced again, the bet continues with the next substitute.

      • Example: Salah is replaced by Gakpo, who is later replaced by Isak — all three contribute to your bet.
    • Sub order is official: In case of multiple simultaneous substitutions, official match order determines who inherits the bet.

    • Position doesn`t matter: If a striker is replaced by a defender, the new player inherits the bet.

    • Goalkeeper subs: If an outfield player is replaced by a goalkeeper, the bet continues under standard Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub rules.

    • Cards are only counted if the player is on the field at the time.

    Eligible Markets

    Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub is available on any market which displays the Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub tag. The list of markets includes the following, where available:

    • Anytime Goalscorer.

    • Player To Score X Or More Goals

    • Player To Score X Or More Shots on Target

    • Player To Have X Or More Shots

    • Player To Score Goal X (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      Applies to specific goals (e.g., 1st Goal, 2nd Goal).
      If your selected player is substituted before scoring and the substitute scores the specified goal, the bet wins.
      If neither player scores the relevant goal, the bet is lost.
      Own goals do not count.

    • Player To Score or Provide an Assist (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      If either the original player or their substitute(s) score or assist, the bet wins.
      Only one action (goal or assist) is required to win the bet.
      Stats must occur in regular time only.
      Own goals and secondary assists do not count.

    • Player To Score & Provide an Assist (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      Combined contribution required: one goal and one assist between the original player and their substitute(s).
      Both events must occur within regular time.
      Example: Player assists, sub scores = bet wins.

    • Player to Give X or More Assists (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      The total number of assists made by the original player and any substitute(s) is counted toward the selected threshold.
      Example: Player has 1 assist, sub has 1 more — bet on “2+ Assists” wins.
      Secondary assists do not count.

    • Player to be Booked (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      A booking (yellow or red card) received by either the original player or their substitute(s) results in a winning bet.
      Cards must be awarded during regular time.
      A player must be on the pitch at the time of booking.
      Cards issued to coaching staff or substitutes not on the pitch do not count.

    • First Player to be Booked (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      The original player or any substitute must receive the first card of the match to win the bet.
      Cards issued after substitutions still apply, provided the player is the first to be booked.
      If another player is booked first, the bet loses.

    • Player to Commit X or More Fouls (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      The total number of fouls committed by the original player and their substitute(s) contributes to the bet outcome.
      Only fouls officially recorded in regular time count.
      Example: Player commits 1 foul, sub commits 2 more = bet on “3+ Fouls” wins.

    • Player to be Fouled X or More Times (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)
      Tracks the total number of fouls suffered by the original player and their substitute(s).
      Example: Player fouled once, sub fouled twice — bet on “3+ Times Fouled” wins.
      Only fouls officially recorded in regular time count.

    Market Rules

    Anytime Goalscorer (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)

    • If your selected player is substituted before scoring and is replaced, the substitute inherits the bet.

    • If the substitute scores, the bet wins.

    • Own goals do not count.

    • If no replacement is made, the bet is settled based on the original player.

    Player To Score X Or More Goals (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)

    • If your selected player is substituted before scoring and is replaced, the substitute inherits the bet.

    • If the substitute scores, the bet wins.

    • Own goals do not count.

    • If no replacement is made, the bet is settled based on the original player.

    Player To Have X Or More Shots On Target (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)

    • The stat line continues through the substitute.

    • Example: Original player has 1 Shot on Target, sub has 1 Shot on Target means that bet on 2+ Shots on Target wins.

    • Shots on target are as defined by official data providers.

    Player to Have X or More Shots (Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub)

    • Total includes both on- and off-target shots.

    • Stats are cumulative between the original player and substitute(s).

    • Example: Original player has 2 shots, sub takes 2 more = 4+ shots bet wins.

    • Shots are defined by official data providers

    • Only stats during the 90 minutes of regular time (plus injury time) are valid. Extra time (unless otherwise stated) and penalty shootouts do not apply.

    Additional Notes

    • Available on selected competitions (e.g., Premier League, LaLiga, Serie A, Bundesliga, Champions League, International tournaments).

    • Limited availability on other national leagues. (i.e. Anytime Goalscorer & Player To Score Goal X)

    • No opt-in required — Pass The Stats/ Superb Sub is automatically applied to eligible markets.

    • Only stats during the 90 minutes of regular time (plus injury time) are valid. Extra time (unless otherwise stated) and penalty shootouts do not apply.

Football – Simulated Reality LeaguesTop

  1. Fitzbet, via BetRadar, a well-known and independent sports odds provider, offers Simulated Reality Leagues (SRL).
    Thanks to large number of past matches and statistics collected during many years, we are able to have a very good representation of what each team are most likely to do during each minute of the game.
    From those data and thanks to the algorithm developed, we manage to transform those collected information from the previous 500 match statistics of each team into news odds and outcome for something totally realistic. It is a perfect representation of what each team are most likely to do during each minute of the game. Ultimately, BetRadar creates the betting odds available on our website where you can place bets at any moment of the day.
    These "Simulated Matches" are 90 minutes long and the match have goals, corners, cards possession, offsides, etc, like any "normal" match. You can bet on those markets on many different competitions: Spanish La Liga SRL, English Premier League SRL, Turkish Super League SRL Bundesliga SRL, Italian Serie A SRL and many others.

  2. Betting rules for Virtual Football (SRL) are identical as the Betting Rules for Football.

Formula 1Top

  1. Any Driver Fastest Qualifier, Fastest Lap & Win the Race
    You're betting on any driver to set the fastest qualifier, fastest lap and to Win the race.

  2. Both Constructor X Cars Podium Finish
    You're betting on the specified constructor to have both of their cars finishing the race on the podium.

  3. Both Constructor X Cars Points Finish
    You're betting on the specified constructor to have both of their cars finishing the race in the top 10.

  4. Both Constructor X Cars to Be Classified
    You're betting on the specified constructor to have both of their cars finishing the race as classified. If you've covered 90% of the distance from the winner then you're classified as a finisher, regardless of if you have retired before the finish.

  5. Both Constructor X Cars to Reach Qualifying 2
    For the second qualifying session, Q2, the remaining 15 drivers are allowed to participate. You're betting on the constructor to have both of their cars between those 15 drivers.

  6. Both Constructor X Cars to Reach Qualifying 3
    The final qualifying session, Q3, the remaining 10 drivers are allowed to participate. You're betting on the constructor to have both of their cars between those 10 drivers.

  7. Both Constructor X Cars Top X Finish
    You're betting on the specified constructor to have both of their cars finishing the race in the given range.

  8. Classified As Last Finisher
    You're betting on which driver will finish the race in the last position.

  9. Classified Drivers Over/Under
    You're betting Over/Under for the given parameter of drivers to be classified in the race.

  10. Constructor X Number of Classified Drivers
    You're betting on the total number of drivers to be classified from the same constructor.

  11. Driver to be Classified
    You're betting on whether the named driver will be a classified finisher. If you've covered 90% of the distance from the winner then you're classified as a finisher, regardless of if you have retired before the finish.

  12. Fastest Lap & Win the Race (Constructors)
    You're betting on the same constructor to set the fastest lap of the race and eventually win the whole event.

  13. Fastest Lap & Win the Race (Drivers)
    You're betting on the same driver to set the fastest lap of the race and eventually win the whole event.

  14. Fastest Lap (Constructors)
    This market shall be settled on the constructor who sets the fastest single lap of the race.

  15. Fastest Lap (Drivers)
    This market shall be settled on the driver who sets the fastest single lap of the race.

  16. Fastest Pit Stop (Constructors)
    This is based on the stationary time of a car in the pits. You're betting on which constructor will set the fastest total pit-lane time during the race (all four wheels must be changed, drive-through penalties do not count).

  17. Fastest Pit Stop (Drivers)
    This is based on the stationary time of a car in the pits. You're betting on which driver will set the fastest total pit-lane time during the race (all four wheels must be changed, drive-through penalties do not count).

  18. Fastest Qualifier & Win the Race
    The driver who sets the fastest official qualifying time in the final qualifying session will be deemed the winner as "Fastest Qualifier". The market will be settled as WON only if the same driver is going to win the Race as well. If a Qualifying session doesn't take place, then bets on this market will be void.

  19. Fastest Qualifier, Fastest Lap & Win the Race
    You're betting on the same driver to set the fastest qualifier, fastest lap and to Win the race.

  20. First To Retire (Constructors)
    Bets will have action once the 1st formation lap starts. The winner is the constructor of the first car to retire.

  21. First To Retire (Drivers)
    Driver must start 1st formation lap. The bets will be settled on the first driver to retire a car from the race.

  22. Grand Slam (Racing)
    Predict whether an individual driver will be the fastest qualifier, record the fastest race lap, lead every race lap and win the named Grand Prix.

  23. H2H (Constructors)
    Head-to-Head betting allows you to bet on who you think will perform better on a given race between two constructors.

  24. H2H (Drivers)
    Head-to-Head betting allows you to bet on who you think will perform better on a given race between two drivers.

  25. Last To Make a Pitstop (Constructors)
    This is based on the stationary time of a car in the pits. You're betting on which constructor will set the last recorded pit-lane time during the race (all four wheels must be changed, drive-through penalties do not count).

  26. Last To Make a Pitstop (Drivers)
    This is based on the stationary time of a car in the pits. You're betting on which driver will set the last recorded pit-lane time during the race (all four wheels must be changed, drive-through penalties do not count).

  27. Number of Race Leaders
    The driver who is in the car occupying the forward most grid spot position (normally pole position) at the start of the race counts as a race leader. In addition, after the race has started, any driver who completes a lap in first place counts as a race leader.

  28. Red Flag
    A Red Flag being shown is defined as the race being suspended and drivers having to return to the Pit Lane during a specified race.

  29. Reverse Forecast (Drivers)
    A reversed forecast bet is very similar to a straight forecast bet in that you predict who will finish first and second. However, in a reversed forecast bet, it doesn't matter which order the participants finish in.

  30. Rock Bottom (Constructors)
    Refers to which constructor will finish last in the race.

  31. Rock Bottom (Drivers)
    Refers to which driver will finish last in the race.

  32. Safety Car & Virtual Safety Car?
    There must be both a Safety Car and Virtual Safety Car period during the Race, for ‘Yes’ to be deemed the winning outcome – based on the settlement criteria detailed in the individual markets (above).

  33. Safety Car?
    Bets will be settled on whether the Safety Car is used in the race. The Safety Car will be deemed to have been used if Race Control signals for the car to join the track.
    If the race finishes under Safety Car conditions but the safety car has not had time to get to the front of the leading car this market will be settled as WON.
    Virtual Safety Car periods do not count.

  34. Safety Cars Over/Under
    Win/Loss is determined by the number of Safety Car situations accumulated in the race.

  35. Straight Forecast (Constructors)
    Straight Forecast betting refers to two constructors to finish first and second in a stated order.

  36. Straight Forecast (Drivers)
    Straight Forecast betting refers to two drivers to finish first and second in a stated order.

  37. To Finish on Place X
    You're betting on the driver to finish exactly in the given place.

  38. To Reach Qualifying 2 (Drivers)
    For the second qualifying session, Q2, the remaining 15 drivers are allowed to participate. You're betting on the participant to be among those 15 drivers.

  39. To Reach Qualifying 3 (Drivers)
    The final qualifying session, Q3, the remaining 10 drivers are allowed to participate. You're betting on the participant to be between those 10 drivers.

  40. To Retire on the 1st Lap
    Any driver who is deemed to have completed no laps on the official FIA Race Classification will be deemed winners. If a driver is not in position to start the formation lap bets involving that driver are void.

  41. To Win At Least X Races (Constructors)
    You're betting on the specified constructor to end the season winning at least the given parameter for races.

  42. To Win At Least X Races (Drivers)
    You're betting on the specified driver to end the season winning at least the given parameter for races.

  43. Top X (Constructor)
    You're betting on the specified constructor to finish the race/season in the given range.

  44. Top X (Drivers)
    You're betting on the specified driver to finish the race/season in the given range.

  45. Virtual Safety Car?
    A Virtual Safety Car Period is defined as the need for all cars to be slowed down to a set speed limit to make the track safe to continue racing. Unlike the normal Safety Car procedure, no actual car will lead the cars around but instead drivers will see VSC messages around the track and will slow down to the required speed. Should the race start or end under a Virtual Safety Car condition the market will be settled as WON. Normal Safety Car periods do not count for the purposes of this market.

  46. Virtual Safety Cars Over/Under
    Win/Loss is determined by the number of Virtual Safety Car situations accumulated in the race.

  47. Winner (Constructors)
    Predict the winning constructor of the F1 season.

  48. Winner (Drivers)
    Predict the winning driver of the F1 season.

  49. Winner Without Constructor X
    Predict the winning constructor of the F1 season without the specified team.

  50. Winner Without Driver X
    Predict the winning driver of the F1 season without the specified participant.

  51. Winning Margin (Seconds)
    Refers to the winning time margin in the race. Bets will be settled according to the timings provided by the FIA as the official result.

  52. Winner Vs Field
    A bet on this market will be settled on whether the named driver wins the race or if any other driver (the field) wins. A bet on the named driver is successful only if they finish 1st. A bet on the field wins if anyone other than the named driver finishes 1st. If the named driver does not start the race, bets are void.

  53. First to Make a Pitstop (Drivers)
    A bet on this market will be settled on the first driver to enter the pit lane and perform a scheduled pit stop during the race. Drive-through penalties or pit stops before the race start (e.g., formation lap) do not count. If no driver makes a valid pit stop, or the race is abandoned before any pit stops occur, bets are void. Settlement is based on official race data.

FutsalTop

  1. General

    Unless otherwise stated, all bets are settled on regulation time only. This includes two periods of play and any time the referee adds to compensate for injuries and other stoppages. It does not include periods of extra time, nor penalty shootouts.

    If a match is suspended before full time is reached and not completed within 24 hours, bets on the outcome of the match are considered voided and all stakes will be returned.

    Futsal kickoff dates and times displayed on our website are an indication only and are not guaranteed to be correct. If a game is postponed, all bets will have action until 48 hours after. If we receive news that a postponed game has been rescheduled for some time after two days, we will immediately return all funds from pending bets.

    Venue Change: If an official venue change occurs after a bet is placed, it will result in all bets prior to this moment being graded as no action.

  2. Team to Score Goal X
    Predict which team will score the X-th goal. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  3. Team To Score Goal X With Money Back on No goal.
    Predict which team will score the quoted goal, for the specified period. If the quoted goal is not scored, the bets will be voided.

  4. Highest scoring event part
    Predict in which Event Part will be scored most.

Gaelic SportsTop

  1. General

    Outright/Winner betting: Predict which team will win the event; All outright bets shall stand irrespective of changes in season format or length.

    All match markets are based on regulation time only (including injury time). Extra time does not count, unless specified.

    If either team does not play, then bets will be voided.

    If the game is abandoned prior to completion, then bets will be voided.

    Any match postponed to another day will be voided.

    If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be voided.

    Bets will be settled on official GAA (Gaelic Athletics Association) result only.

    For settlement purposes a goal is counted as 3 points and a point as 1 pt for the final score to be determined.

  2. Money line
    Predict the winner of the game. There are 3 possibleoutcomes: 1 – Home team wins X – Draw 2 – Away team wins

  3. Spread
    Predict the winner of the game, applying the given handicap to the final score (goal=3, point=1). If a market is offered as 2way (without a price for the tie) and after a handicap has been applied the result is a draw, bets will be refunded.

  4. Over/Under
    Predict if the pointsscored by both teams, including goals (1 goal=3points) will be over or under a given number.

  5. Half-time/Full-time
    Predict the outcome at the end of the 1st half and the full-time result. Extratime does not count. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

  6. 1st Half:Money line, Spreadand Over/Under
    Bets will be settled on the first half result only. If a match is abandoned before half time, bets will be void. If a matchis abandoned duringthe second half, then allfirst half bets are still valid.

  7. Team to Score Goal X
    Predict whichteam will score the X-th goal. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  8. Total Score
    Predict the number of goals scoredin the game, the user has the possibility to bet on exactly/ range and more than.

GolfTop

  1. General

    All outright bets are settled on the player awarded the trophy according to the official site result.

    If a player doesn’t tee off, then that player will count as a non-runner. Bets on non-runners are voided. If a player has teed off and fails to complete the course, then that player will be considered loser.

    In tournaments affected by adverse weather, bets will be settled on the official result regardless of the number of holes played, unless there is no further play after a bet has been placed or further play does not count for the official result, in which case these bets will be voided.

  2. Outright Betting/Top Nationality (Top US/GB & Ire etc.)
    All outright bets are settled on the player winning the trophy.
    All bets stand except for those placed on participants not competing in the first round.
    Official tour site results at the time of trophy presentation are used for settlement purposes.
    If there is a change to or decrease in the booked number of rounds or openings played in the competition, wagers set on this market will stand if 36 holes of the tournament have been completed. If less than 36 holes have been completed or outright bets were placed after the last shot of the previous completed round, then bets will be void.
    For Top Nationality betting, the winners will be settled in the same way as outright bets, with only the players quoted counting for settlement purposes. Same rules also apply to Top Nationality bets where we offer the winner market after a specific round of a tournament.
    The four ‘Majors’, namely the US Masters, USPGA, US Open and British Open Championships. Pre-Tournament Outright Winner bets will stand so long as the event is completed in the calendar year, otherwise they will be void.

  3. First round winner
    The winner will be the player achieving the highest placing at the end of the first round.

  4. Winner without the favorite/nominated players.
    Who will win the market without selected players?

  5. End of Round Leader
    The player with the leading score at the end of the specified round will be deemed the winner.

  6. Top 4, 5, 6, 10, 20 Finish
    A Player to finish within the Top 4, Top 5, Top 6, Top 10 or Top 20 of a specific tournament. The same rules also apply for top finishes after a specific round of a tournament.

  7. Seasonal Moneylists (Race to Dubai, PGA Tour etc.)
    Bets placed on money lists are to predict which golfer tops the official money list at the end of the relevant season (European season for Race to Dubai, American season for PGA Tour, etc.).
    Bets will be determined by the overall winner following the last relevant tournament. Does not include FedEx Cup Winner Bonus.

  8. Money line
    If an individual match-up ends in a tie, then bets will be void.

  9. Hole matchups
    Bets stand once the players have teed off the first hole. If a round is abandoned, then bets on that round are void.
    The winner will be the player with the lowest score over 18 holes.
    If an individual match-up ends in a tie, then the bets will be void. Play-offs do not count.

  10. 18 Hole 2 and 3 Ball Betting
    Bets stand once the players have teed off the first hole. If a round is abandoned, then bets on that round are void.
    If pairings or groups change, then all bets will be made void.
    The winner will be the player with the lowest score over 18 holes. For tournaments using the Stableford scoring system, the highest points scorer during the round is the winner.
    In 2 ball betting, where a price is not offered for the tie, then bets will be void in the event of a tie.
    For Hole winner markets, bets stand once all nominated players tee off the designated hole. For a player to win the hole, they must score a lower score than every other player on that specified hole. If a player withdraws during the hole, bets on the withdrawn player will be settled as a loser. Bets are settled once the players leave the green.
    For Hole group betting, bets are settled based on the score over a specified group of holes. For a player to win the group of holes, they must score a lower score than every other player on the specified holes. Bets will be void if one of the players does not tee off on the first of the specified holes. If a player withdraws during the specified group of holes, bets on that player will be settled as a loser.

  11. 54, 72 & 90 Tournament Hole Matchups
    Bets stand once the players have teed off the first hole.
    Whichever player completes the most holes is deemed the winner. If both players complete the same number of holes the player with the lowest score is deemed the winner.
    If the scheduled number of rounds is reduced by bad weather, bets will be settled so long as there is a deemed tournament winner and a minimum of 36 holes played. The winner will be the player leading after the last completed official round.
    If a player is disqualified or withdraws after starting, either prior to the completion of two rounds or after both players have made the cut, then the other player is deemed the winner.
    If a player is disqualified during either the 3rd or 4th rounds, when the other player in the match bet has already missed the cut, then the disqualified player is deemed the winner.
    If an individual match-up ends in a tie, then bets will be void.
    For match betting where a price for the tie is offered and the match is tied, bets on either player will be lost.
    Play-off’s count towards the betting market.

  12. Tournament Group Betting
    Which player will achieve the highest placing at the end of the tournament from the group of named players? Players are grouped together for betting purposes. If a player in the group withdraws before the tournament begins the market will be void. At least 36 holes must be completed.

  13. Tournament Trios
    As above but with 3 golfers grouped together.

  14. 5/6 Shooters
    Predict which of the 5 or 6 players in a group will win the round.

  15. To Make/Miss the Cut
    The first official cut will be used to settle this market. Any subsequent cut will be irrelevant. Any player who withdraws or is disqualified prior to the first cut will be deemed to have missed the cut. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  16. Tournament Hole in One?
    Whether a hole in onewill be scoredduring the tournament. Bets will stand if a minimum of 36 holes of a tournament are played. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  17. Round Hole-in-One
    Will a hole-in-one be scored duringa particular round of tournament? Bets will stand if the particular round is completed. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  18. Hole-in-One on Specific Hole in Tournament
    Will a hole-in-one be scored on a particular hole during the tournament. Bets will stand if a minimum of 36 holes of a tournament are played. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  19. Hole-in-One on HoleX in Round X
    Will a hole-in-one be scored on a specific hole during a particular round of the tournament? Bets will stand if the specifiedround is completed. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  20. Total PlayersUnder Par
    How many playerswill finish the tournament with anoverall score under par. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  21. Will there be a Play Off?
    Will therebe a playoff hole(s) to decide the tournament winner?Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  22. Winning Nationality/Region of the Winner
    To predictthe nationality of the player who won the tournament. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  23. First Time Winner?
    Will the tournament be won by a player who has never won the specifictournament before? Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  24. Tournament Winning Margin
    How many shots will the winning player win the specified tournament by. i.e., How many strokes between the winner and second place. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website. Bets will stand so long as a minimum of 36 holes are played.

  25. Tournament Wire to Wire winner?
    To predictthe winner of the tournament to be the tournament leader at the end of each specified round from round one to round four. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  26. Tournament WinningScore
    To predict what the tournament winner’s winning score is at the end of the tournament. Settlement will be upon the completion of 72 holes otherwise bets are void. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  27. Tournament HighestRound Score
    Predict the highest individual round scorecarded by a player during the tournament. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  28. Lowest Tournament Round Score
    Predict the lowest individual round scorecarded by a player during the tournament. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  29. Will there be an Albatross?
    Will an Albatross be scored during the tournament? An Albatross is a score of 3 under par on any hole. Bets will stand if a minimum of 36 holes of a tournament are played. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  30. Score Cut is made at
    At what score to par will the tournament cut be made at. The first officialcut will be used to settle this market. Any subsequent cut will be irrelevant. Bets are resulted from the Official tournament website.

  31. Double Chance/Triple Chance
    Betting on whether one of the two/three namedplayers will win the tournament. In the event of one or more of the selections being a non-runner then bets will be void.

  32. Straight/Dual Forecast
    For straight forecasts, players must come 1st and 2nd in the specifiedorder, and in Dualforecasts players must come 1st or 2nd in either order.Both players must tee off for bets to stand; otherwise, bets will be void.

  33. Top Players– Top Left Hander/Senior/Debutant/Former Winner/Qualifier etc.
    Which left-handed/Senior golfer etc. will finish highestin the tournament in the above various categories. Settled according to the Official tournament website.

  34. Player Round Scores
    What score will a player shoot for a given round?Void If there is a changein Par to the course. Player must complete the whole round for bets to stand.

  35. Round Handicap
    The handicapis applied to the specifiedplayers’ Round Scores,with the lowest score being the winner. e.g., Player A + 0.5 scores 70, Player B - 0.5 scores 70, Player B is settled as the winner once the handicap has been applied.

  36. Player Hole Scores
    What score will a player shoot on a given hole? Void If there is a change in Par of the hole. If a player withdraws before teeing off on a given hole, bets on that hole will be void. If a player withdraws having started a hole, bets will be settled as ‘Over Par’.

  37. Player Hole Group Scores
    What score will a player shoot on a given group of holes. Void If there is a change in Par of the hole(s). If a player withdraws before teeing off on a given group of holes or doesn’t complete the specified number of holes in the group, bets on that hole group will be void.

  38. Any Player Under/Over Par on hole in 3balls
    Will any player in the group shoot under or over par on a certain hole? If a player withdraws having teed off on a certain hole,their score will be treatedas ‘Over par’. If any of the players don’t tee off, bets are void.

  39. Player Bogey Free Round
    Will a player score zero bogeys during their round? If a player withdraws before the round is completed and they have alreadyscored a bogey the bet will be deemed a loser. If the player withdraws beforecompleting the round without having scored a bogey, then bets will be void.

  40. Hole Winner/Hole Group Winner
    Which playerwill shoot the lowest score on the selected hole(s).Bets stand once all nominated players tee-off the designated hole(s). So, if a player starts then withdraws during the specified group of holes, bets on that player will be settled as a loser. In markets involving just 2 players, if both players shoot the same score, then bets will be void unless tie was offered as a selection.

  41. To Finish Last
    Which playerwill finish last? Players must fully completethe official number of holes in the event. Any player who withdraws or gets disqualified in the event, then bets on those players will be deemed as losing bets. Settled using official tournament leaderboard.

  42. Finishing Position
    What position will the player finish in the tournament? Players must complete the official number of holes in the event. If any player withdraws or is disqualified from the event, then bets on thoseplayers will be deemed as losing bets. In the event of a tie for a finishing position, the tied finishing position will count, so a player finishing 5th with 3 others is still deemed to have finished 5th. Settled using official tournament leaderboard.

  43. Golf Specials

    • Total Majors won/To win a Major
      How many of the four major men’s golf tournaments will a playerwin in the calendar year/will a player win any one of the four majors in that year, Yes/No. The majors are the US Masters, USPGA, US Open and British Open. A player must play all four majors for bets to stand.

    • Long Term Majors Markets
      Majors Match Bets – Example.Which of the two players will win the most majorsby the end of the calendar year 2025? If the match-up ends in a tie, then bets will be void.

    • Which Player will win a Major first Match Bet
      – Example? Which player will be the first to win a Major before 2025? Bets will be void if neither player wins by the end of 2025.

    • Race to X Majors
      – Example. Which player will be the first to win 5 Majors by end of 2025? If no-one manages to reach 5 Majors won, bets will be void.

    • Player to win a Major by year X
      – Example.Will a player win a major by 2025? Yes orNo.

  44. Match Handicap
    The handicap is applied to the specified Player/Team's match scores, with the Player/Team winning the most holes being the winner. e.g., Player A/Team A + 0.5 holes, PlayerB/Team B - 0.5 holes.If the match is level, PlayerA/Team A is settled as the winner once the handicap has been applied.

  45. Hole 18 to be Played
    Will hole 18 be played during the match (or hole 36 for 36 hole matches etc.). i.e., Will the match reachthe last possibledesignated hole to be played.Bets will be void if the number of holes/rounds are reduced.

  46. Most Birdiesin the Match
    Who will make the most birdiesin the match? In the result of a draw betswill be void unless the tie is offered.

  47. To lead the MatchFirst
    Who will take the lead first inthe match? Bets void if no-one takes the lead during the match.

  48. Par 3/4/5 Winner
    Who will score better/win the most holes on a specific par hole? Who will score better on just the par 3 holes for example? Bets stand if match is completed.

  49. Will Playerhit the Fairwayin regulation on Hole X?
    Will a player find thefairway with their first tee shot? Officialwebsite stats will be used to determine the result.

  50. Will Playerhit the Green in regulation on Hole X?
    Will a player hit the green in the regulated number of shotsfor the hole? 1 shot for par 3's, 2 shots for par 4's and 3 shots (or two shots if specified) for par 5's. Official website stats will be used to determine the result.

  51. Whose ball will finishclosest to the pin on Hole X.
    Whose ball will finish nearest to the pin/hole in regulation shots for the hole. 1 shot for par 3 holes, 2 shots for par 4's etc. At least one ball must be on the green in the regulated number of shots for the part ofthe hole to count, otherwisebets are void. Official website stats will be used to determine the result.

  52. How close to the pin will the ball finishon Hole X?
    How close to the pin/hole will the ball finish after regulation shots. Balls must finish on the green to count, otherwisebets are void. Official websitestats will be used to determine the result.

  53. Who will have the Longest Driveon Hole X?
    Who will have the longest drive/tee shot for the hole? Balls must finish in the fairway to count. Bets are void if no balls finish on the fairway. Official website stats will be used to determine the result.

  54. Will Player Hit the Ball out of Bounds from their Tee Shot on Hole X?
    Will a player hit the ball out of the courseboundaries with their tee shot? Official website stats will be used to determine the result.

  55. Will Player Hit the Ball in the Water from their Tee Shot on Hole X?
    Will a player's ball finish in thewater hazard from their tee shot? Officialwebsite stats will be used to determine the result.

  56. Skins Matches
    Each player/team tees off in turn and play continues until each player finishes the hole. The player/team with the lowest score on the hole wins the Skin for that hole. The Skin is a set number of points or a monetary value for the hole. If the hole is tied, then the Skin is rolled over to the next hole. Example, holes 1 & 2 are tied, but hole 3 is then won, the wining team wins 3 Skins.Once a hole is won the next hole is played for one Skin again. If a play-off is required, that will be used for settlement purposes.

  57. Ryder/Presidents/Solheim Cup and any other International Matchplay Markets
    All markets, including Outright, Draw No Bet, Handicap(s), Top Points Scorer and Correct Score,Format Correct Score,Total Point Markets,will be settledon official result unless otherwise stated. If a matchdoes not start (e.g.,a player injuredor disqualified beforethe start of a match) then all bets on that match will be void. Uncompleted singlehole bets will be void.

  58. Winning Match Margin
    By how many holes (or strokes in stroke play format matches) will a player/team win the match. For 36-hole matches, bets will be void if the number of rounds is reduced. For 18-hole matches, if a match finishes before the completion of the stated numberof holes, bets will be settled on theofficial result. Bets will be void if a player withdraws at a point in the match where the result is still to be determined. e.g., The number of holes remaining is greater than or equal to the score at the time of withdrawal. For stroke play matches, matches will be void if a player withdraws or 18 holes are not completed.

  59. Last Hole Played
    At what hole in the round will the match end. For 36-hole matches, bets will be void if the number of rounds is reduced. Bets will be void if a player withdraws at a point in the match where the result is still to be determined. For 18-hole matches, if a player withdraws after the 16th hole when the match istied or after the 17th when a player leads by 1, then the Last Hole played is settled as Hole 18, since any natural conclusion to the match would require the 18th hole to be played.

  60. To Lead after hole X
    Which player/team will lead the match round after a certain hole? For 36-hole matches, bets will be void ifthe number of rounds is reduced. Bets will be void if the players are tied after a given hole unless the tie is an option. Bets will be void if a player withdraws at a point where the result is still to be determined.

  61. 36 Hole Match
    Which player/team will win the most holes? Bets will be void if there is a tie, unless extra play-off holes are played to deem a winner. If the match is reduced due to adverse weather, bets will stand so long as there is a deemed and minimum of 18 holes are completed. If a player is disqualified or withdraws after starting prior to the completion of two rounds, then the other player is deemed the winner. If a price is offered for the tie, in the event of a tie bets on either player to win will be lost.

  62. Singles Matches
    If an individual match-up ends in a tie, then bets will be void. For team match play events, bets on the winner of any singles match will be void if that match does not reach its natural conclusion. A singles matchwill be deemed not to have reached its natural conclusion if, for example,the applicable playersagree to a half becausethe overall team contest has already been determined. Uncompleted single hole bets will be void in this scenario also.

  63. Fourballs/Foursomes/Greensomes/Scramble
    Bets stand once both pairings have teed off the first hole. Non-runner - no-bet. Please note in these formats any scoring marketsin the match such as an individually named player to score an Eagle, Hole-in-One etc. the scores count only when individual player plays their own ball throughout the entirety of the hole as in the Fourball format. Alternate shot formats do not count for scoring markets unless specifically stated.

  64. Tournament CorrectScore
    What will final match score be for the numberof matches won byeach team. E.g., Ryder Cup 14-14, Europe 15-13, USA 16-12. All scheduled matches must be completed in full for bets to stand regardless of if matches are carried over.

  65. Day/Session CorrectScore
    Settlement will be based on score after schedulednumber of matchesin the specified format regardless of if matches are carried over.

  66. Day/Session WinnerMarkets
    Settlement will be based on score after schedulednumber of matchesregardless of if matches are carried over.

  67. Top Tournament Points Scorer/Top Nationality Points Scorer Markets/Top Team/Top Rookie/Top Wildcard (or Top Captain’s pick) Markets
    Markets will be settledon the whole tournament. Bets will standonce the playerhas teed-off.

  68. Team to Score 1st Full Point
    The settled winner will be the first team to win a scheduled match and as a result acquire a full point. In the event of every scheduled match ending in a tie, bets will be void.

  69. Player to Hole WinningTournament Putt
    Settlement will be based on the playerwho gains the winning half or full point which gets their team to 14.5 points.In the event of a 14-14 tie, bets will be void (including the player who holes the putt to retain the Trophy).

  70. Winner 72 Hole Performance
    What score will the winnerof the tournament shoot on the last hole? Under Par, Par or Over Par. If the tournament is reduced to 54 or 36 holesthe last hole score of the player will count so long as there is an official result. Bets are resulted from the official tournament website.

  71. Winner to Come from the Round 4 Final Pairing
    Will the winner of the tournament be in the last pairing that tees off in Round 4? This is the leadinggroup by scores going into the finalround. Bets are resulted from the official tournament website.

  72. End of RoundX Leader to Win the Tournament
    Will the player who is top of the leader board after RoundX go on to win the Tournament? Bets are resulted from the official tournament website.

  73. Player Hole-In-One
    Predict whetherthe named playerwill score a hole-in-one duringthe tournament. All completed official rounds count.

  74. Player Winning Margin
    Predict the number of strokes by which the named player will win the tournament, or that they will win via playoff. Bets are void if the player does not start the tournament.

  75. Winner Decided by a Play-Off
    Predict whetherthe tournament winnerwill be determined through a playoff. If the tournament is abandoned before completion, bets are void.

  76. Player to Make the Cut
    Predict whetherthe named playerwill make the official cut (if applicable) after the first two rounds. Bets are settledbased on the official cut rules of the tournament.

GreyhoundsTop

  1. All bets are placed on the named greyhounds;

  2. Ante-Post wagers are accepted on the basis all-in run or not, entered or not;

  3. Where a race is re-run, all bets stand. Should a race be declared voided and not re-run, all bets will be voided;

  4. If a named dog (No reserves) is selected and a reserve runs in place of the named dog, then the bet will be settled as a non-runner;

  5. All bets will stand irrespective of vacant traps, voided races and abandoned meetings. Dead-heat rules apply to outright result, if multiple winners;

  6. In the event of abandonment or postponement to races where early prices have been offered, all bets will stand if the races are rescheduled and completed;

  7. Payment will be made on the official result of races. Fitzbet reserves the right to declare voided any bets that show reasonable suspicion or evidence of unfair price manipulation.

HandballTop

  1. General

    Minimum Time for Action: For betting purposes, winners and losers are determined by the score at the end of normal time. Extra time (an extension of normal time) will not count unless specified.

    If a match is postponed or cancelled for any reason, all bets will be cancelled, and stake refunded if the match is not rescheduled to be played within 24 hours of the original kickoff time.

    If a match is abandoned before full time is reached, and not completed in the day it was scheduled, bets on the outcome of the match are considered voided and all stakes shall be returned, except for those bets' outcome that has already been determined at the time of abandonment.

    If a match venue has changed, then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be voided.

    Some leagues’ playing system follows the so-called Mercy Rule: If a team is leading by 7 goals or more in the final five minutes of the game, the game is over, or if a team is up by 15 at halftime or any point thereafter, the game is over. In such cases we will settle all bets according to the official scores.

    The statistics provided by the official website of the relevant competition or fixture will be used for settlement purposes. In case statistics are not available on the official website or there is significant evidence that the official website is incorrect, we will use an independent source to settle bets.

    In the absence of consistent, independent evidence or in the presence of significant conflicting evidence, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.

    Game props: All game props, including the following markets, will be settled on regulation time only and will exclude overtime, if played:

    Game total odd/even

    Double result

  2. 1X2 at Full Time Excluding Overtime
    Predict the result for the game. Bets are made by selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away win:
    1 – Home Win, X – Draw, 2 – Away Win.
    If the game is abandoned, all bets are voided.

  3. 1x2 at first half
    Predict the result at half time. If the game is abandoned, all bets are voided unless the first half already finished.

  4. Double Chance at Full Time Excluding Overtime
    A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes with one bet. The following options are available:
    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, then bets on this option are winners.
    X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.
    1 or 2 - if the result is either a home or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.

  5. Asian Handicap at Full Time/ 1st Half
    Predict the winner of a named period, applying the given handicap. The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  6. Odd or Even at Full Time/ 1st Half/ 2nd Half
    A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals by both teams in a named period will add up to an odd or even number. The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  7. Over Under at Full Time/ 1st Half
    Predict if the total number of goals scored by both teams in a named period will be over or under a given number. If the game is abandoned, all bets are voided unless the bets are already decided.

  8. To Go to Overtime
    Predict if the game will be tied at the end of regulation time. If the goals are tied (Tie on aggregate, for two leg events, where the away goal rule may also apply), then overtime will come into play where the teams will play two additional 5-minute halves, until a winner is determined. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  9. Team to Score Goal X
    Predict which team will score the X-th goal. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  10. Team to Score Goal X With Money Back on No goal
    Predict which team will score the quoted goal, for the specified period. If the quoted goal is not scored, the bets will be voided.

  11. Total Score
    Predict the number of goals scored in the game, the user has the possibility to bet on exactly/ range and more than.

  12. Winner of Time Range
    Predict the winner for the indicated time range. Bets are settled using the official time of the goals scored.

  13. Half with Most Goals
    Predict which half will have the most goals scored (1st, 2nd or Draw).

  14. Race to X Goals
    Predict the participant who reaches the quoted number of goals first in the game or relevant half.

  15. Team Score Over/Under
    Win/loss is determined by the goals accumulated by a named team. If the game is abandoned, then all bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined. Extra Time goals are not included.

  16. Team Score Odd/Even
    Predict whether a team’s total number of accumulated goals in a match will be an odd or an even number. Extra Time goals are not included.

  17. Winning Margin
    Predict by how many goals the winning team will win the game. Includes Tie. Extra Time goals are not included.

  18. Halftime/Fulltime
    Predict the result of a match at halftime and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void. Example: If you choose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match to end in a draw. Extra time doesn’t count.

  19. Draw No Bet
    Predict which team will be the winner. If the relevant period of the match after regular time ends in a draw, all bets are considered voided.

  20. Outright/Winner
    Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

  21. Winner Without
    Predict the selected team to win the tournament if the indicated team is removed from the field for settlement purposes.

  22. To Qualify
    Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.

  23. Finishing Position
    Predict which team will be ahead in the final standings of the tournament. If one or more teams fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void and stakes will be refunded.

  24. Group Winner
    Predict the team to win the group. Bets will be settled on the final Group positions.

  25. Top Goalscorer/Top Team Goalscorer
    Goals scored in regular time (60 minutes) and extra-time count for settlement purposes. However, penalty shootout goals do not count. If a player takes part in the tournament, all bets will have action.

  26. Goals Over/Under in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether the total number of goals scored during a specific time interval will be over or under a pre-determined number (For example, In Interval “00:00-09:59" covers occurrences from 0 minutes and 0 seconds to 9 minutes and 59 seconds.). If the match is abandoned or shortened, bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined.

  27. Team Goals Over/Under in Interval
    Bets are placed on whether a specific team's total goals scored during a designated time interval will be over or under a pre-determined number (For example, In Interval “00:00-09:59" covers occurrences from 0 minutes and 0 seconds to 9 minutes and 59 seconds.). If the match is abandoned or shortened, bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined.

  28. 7m Throws Over/Under
    Bets are placed on whether the total number of successful 7m throws awarded during the match will be over or under a pre-determined number. Settlement is based on official match statistics. Unsuccessful throws do not count toward settlement. If the match is abandoned or shortened, bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

  29. Team 7m Throws Over/Under
    Bets are placed on whether a specific team’s total successful 7m throws during the match will be over or under a pre-determined number. Unsuccessful throws do not count toward settlement. If the match is not completed, bets will be void unless the line has already been exceeded.

  30. 2-Minute Suspensions Over/Under
    Bets are placed on whether the total number of 2-minute suspensions issued during the match will be over or under a pre-determined number. Settlement is based on official referee decisions recorded in the match statistics. If the match is abandoned, bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

  31. Team 2-Minute Suspensions Over/Under
    Bets are placed on whether a specific team will receive over or under a pre-determined number of 2-minute suspensions during the match. Settlement is based on official statistics. If the match is abandoned, bets will be void unless the line has already been exceeded.

  32. Team to Have 7m Throws (Milestones)
    Bets are placed on whether the specified team will reach a set milestone for successful 7m throws during the match (e.g., 5+ 7m throws). Unsuccessful throws do not count toward the milestone. The settlement is based on official match statistics. If the match is abandoned, bets will be void unless the milestone has already been achieved.

  33. Player Goals Head to Head (match)
    Predict which of the two named players will score more goals during the match. If both score the same number, the bet is settled as a draw. If either player does not participate, the bet is void.

  34. Top Team Goalscorer (match)
    Predict which player will score the most goals for their team in the match. Dead heat rules apply in case of ties. The bet is void if the selected player does not participate.

  35. Player to Score X Or More Goals
    Predict whether the named player will score at least X amount of goals (e.g.: 3 or more) in the match. The bet is void if the player does not take part in the match.

  36. Player to Score Goal X
    Predict whether the named player will score the Xth goal (e.g.: 2nd goal) of the match. Own goals do not count. Bets are void if the player is not on the court before the goal is scored.

  37. Last Goalscorer
    Predict which player will score the final goal of the match. Own goals do not count. The bet is void if the selected player has not taken part before the last goal is scored.

  38. Matchbet & Top Goalscorer
    Predict which team will win the match and which player will be the top goalscorer of the match. Both parts must be correct to win. If the player does not feature, the bet is void.

  39. Player Goals Head to Head (tournament)
    Predict which of the two named players will score more goals across the full tournament. Dead heat rules apply in case of a tie. If either player does not play at all during the tournament, the bet is void.

  40. Top Team Goalscorer (tournament)
    Predict which player will finish as the top goalscorer for their team across the entire tournament. Dead heat rules apply. The bet is void if the selected player does not feature in any match.

Horse RacingTop

  1. 1. All bets are settled in accordance with the official result at the time of the "weigh in". All bets are settled in accordance with Double result – There are instances where you can be paid for altercations to the final result after the race has ended. This is a Double Result, which applies if your horse is awarded the race or promoted to a place, as a result of a stewards enquiry or an objection which is announced before the ‘weigh in’ or ‘winner alright’. In this instance we will pay you. Double results don’t apply to Futures bets. We only apply Double Result to UK and Irish races.

  2. Walkovers and voided races count as races but any horse involved will be treated as a non-runner.

  3. Ante-Post bets are settled at the odds and place terms applicable at the time of acceptance. Should wrong odds or place terms be given in error we reserve the right to settle the bet at the correct odds/place terms that were available at the time the bet was struck.

  4. Non-Runners and Withdrawals: If a horse is withdrawn before coming under starter's orders or is officially considered by the starter to have taken no part in the race, then all bets on that horse are voided. Your stakes will be returned on the withdrawn horse and winning bets will be subjected to a deduction in accordance with Deductions Rule 4(c).

  5. Non-Runners and Withdrawals: The size of the deduction will be based on the odds of the withdrawn horse at the time of its withdrawal at the following rates.

  6. If your horse racing bet has not returned as much as you thought it would, the first thing to do is check if the race was affected by rule 4.

  7. Deductions (Rule 4): Any races containing non-runners are subjected to this (Rule 4), which can mean some of the winnings are deducted from winning bets. The size of the deduction depends on the odds of the non-running horse. The table below is the rate of deduction.

    From oddsTo oddsDeduction in %
    1.001.1985
    1.201.2580
    1.261.3075
    1.311.4070
    1.411.5365
    1.541.6260
    1.631.8055
    1.811.9550
    1.962.2045
    From oddsTo oddsDeduction in %
    2.212.5040
    2.512.7535
    2.763.2530
    3.264.0025
    4.015.0020
    5.016.5015
    6.5110.0010
    10.0115.005
    15.01 None

    Deduction example: You place a GBP 100 bet 30 minutes before the race starts on a horse at odds of 8.00. A horse at odds of 6.00 cannot run and is considered to be a non-runner. The odds 6.00 are the last odds offered on the non-running horse. Your horse wins the race at odds of 8.00 and you would normally win GBP 800.

    1. Because there was a non-runner in the race, deductions will apply to your winnings.

    2. Your winnings will be :((Your odds-1) x (1-reduction factor) x Your stake + Your stake)) = Your winnings (8-1) x (1-0.15) x GBP 100 + GBP 100 = 7 x 0.85 x GBP 100 + GBP 100 = GBP 695

    3. You can find the reduction factor of 15% by looking it up in the table above.

    4. If you have picked a winner and if reduction factors occur, the original odds and the effective odds (after the reduction factor) will be displayed in 'My transactions' as such: 8.00 (6.95).

  8. Early morning prices/day of event prices:
    1. After the final declarations stage, Non-Runner no-bet will apply.

    2. Where a horse is doubly engaged (named as a runner in more than one race) the bet will stand as a bet for the timed race. If the selection runs in the other race, it would be treated as a non-runner..

    3. In the event of a false start or any other incident resulting in a race being re-run, 'under starter's orders' is negated and stakes will be refunded on horses taking no part in the re-run;

  9. Double Engagements: Where a horse is doubly engaged (named as a runner in more than one race) the bet will stand as a bet for the timed race. If the selection runs in the other race, it would be treated as a non-runner.

  10. Re-runs: In the event of a false start or any other incident resulting in a race being re-run, 'under starter's orders' is negated and stakes will be refunded on horses taking no part in the re-run;

  11. Postponements:

    1. If a race is abandoned or declared voided, then any bets will be voided. If the race is postponed to a future day and the final Declarations stand, all bets will stand;

    2. However, all single bets on horse racing will be voided and any selection involved in cumulative bets will be treated as a non-runner if:

      1. The race is abandoned;

      2. The race is officially declared voided;

      3. The conditions of the race are altered after bets have been made;

      4. The venue is altered;

      5. The running surface is altered (e.g. from Turf to All Weather).

  12. Each-Way Betting:

    1. All bets are settled to win unless 'Each-Way' is selected;

    2. An Each-Way bet is made up of two bets. It contains one bet for your horse to "Win" and a second bet for your horse to be "Placed". Each bet is placed at the stake amount you have entered, so the total cost of an each way bet will be double the amount you entered stake, as you are placing two bets;

    3. The "Place" terms will be as advertised for the event. In general, for UK horse racing, the 'Place' part of Each-Way bets will be settled using the following 'Place' terms:

      1. Less than 5 runners - the place money is invested to win;

      2. Races of 5, 6 or 7 runners - one 1/4 the odds - first two places;

      3. All other races of 8 or more runners 1/5 the odds - first three places;

      4. Handicap races with 12 - 15 runners one 1/4 the odds - first three places;

      5. Handicap races with 16 or more runners 1/4 the odds - first four places;

      6. In all races the number of runners will be the runners coming under starters orders. Bets will not be accepted where the place stake exceeds the win stake.

      7. Extra places terms are dependent on the number of runners that come under starters orders and are liable to change in the event or non-runners and/ or withdrawals. We reserve the right to change the fractional and place terms when offering such terms. In these circumstances we reserve the right to withdraw, withhold or change the offer without prior notice. The onus is on client to check for extra place races and changes to extra place races.

  13. Ante-Post Betting:

    1. All bets are placed on the named horses;

    2. Ante-Post wagers are accepted on the basis all-in run or not, entered or not;

    3. Where a race is re-run, all bets stand. Should a race be declared voided and not re-run, all bets will be voided;

    4. If a named horses (No reserves) is selected and a reserve runs in place of the named horses, then the bet will be settled as a non-runner;

    5. All bets will stand irrespective of vacant traps, voided races and abandoned meetings. Dead-heat rules apply to outright result, if multiple winners;

    6. In the event of abandonment or postponement to races where early prices have been offered, all bets will stand as long as the races are rescheduled and completed;;

    7. Payment will be made on the official result of races. Fitzbet reserves the right to declare voided any bets that show reasonable suspicion or evidence of unfair price manipulation.

  14. Insurebet 2 places: Price offered is for the horse to win the race. If the horse finishes second the bet stake is returned.
    In the event of a horse being withdrawn, not under starter’s orders, stakes on that selection will be returned.
    Bets for the remaining horses in the race will be subject to a deduction in accordance with Rule 4 based on the win price of the withdrawn horse(s) at the time of withdrawal. Normal dead-heat rules apply.

  15. Insurebet 3 places: Same as above only that stake is being returned if the horse finishes second OR third.

  16. Insurebet 4 places: Same as above only that stake is being returned if the horse finishes second, third OR fourth.

  17. Winner Without Favourite: Predict on a horse to win on an event without a nominated selection(s), for settlement purposes the finishing position of the ‘without’ selection(s) will be ignored.
    In the event of a horse being withdrawn, not under starter’s orders, stakes on that selection will be returned. Bets for the remaining horses in the race will be subject to a deduction in accordance with Rule 4 based on the win price of the withdrawn horse(s) at the time of withdrawal. Normal dead-heat rules apply.

  18. Finish exactly: Predict on a horse to finish on the exact position that was selected. In the event of a horse being withdrawn, not under starter’s orders, stakes on that selection will be returned. Bets for the remaining horses in the race will be subject to a deduction in accordance with Rule 4 based on the win price of the withdrawn horse(s) at the time of withdrawal. Normal dead-heat rules apply.

  19. Best Odds Guaranteed (BOG)Is not offered generically but may be offered as a concession to some accounts. The operator reserves the right to withdraw BOG concession at any time.

  20. Change of surface – all jurisdictionsIf a race is moved to a different surface at the same venue after the final declarations have been made then all bets will stand, unless the race distance is changed from the initially advertised race distance by over one furlong for a flat race or by over two furlongs for a race run under National Hunt Rules (Including National Hunt flat races, in which case the bets will be void). Stakes will be refunded on non-runners where either the trainer opts not to run on the new surface or where the horse is balloted out due to lower safety factor. Bets struck at prices prior to any withdrawals will be subject to the applicable ‘Rule 4’ deduction.

  21. Fixed Odds Forecasts and TricastsShould there be any non-runners in a race after the initial bet was struck, bets will be settled at Industry Dividends. Should any selection included within a fixed odds forecast or fixed odds tricast bet be a non-runner, the entire forecast or tricast bet in question will be void.

  22. ReservesIf reserves are contained within the final declaration stage for a race, then we will offer an early price for all declared runners, including the reserves. If a declared runner is announced as a non-runner, then we will revise the market. All bets placed prior to this announcement will then be subject to a Rule 4 deduction, so long as the price of the non-runner means that a Rule 4 deduction should apply. This Rule 4 deduction will be applied to all bets placed prior to the non-runner being announced, even if the non-runner was one of the reserves.

  23. Top 2/3/4 FinishPredict a horse to finish in the first 2/3/4 places. In the event of a horse being withdrawn, not under starter’s orders, stakes on that selection will be returned. Bets for the remaining horses in the race will be subject to a deduction in accordance with the deduction table below based on the top 2/3/4 in the place only market of the withdrawn horses(s) at the time of bet placement. The number of places offered will not alter in the event of non-runners unless the number of runners is equal to or less than the number of places offered. In this event, all bets will be void. Standard Head-Heat rules apply. This market will be settled on the official result only.

Ice HockeyTop

  1. General

    Unless otherwise stated, all bets are for regulation time ONLY and do NOT include either overtime or penalty shootouts. Example: The Rangers and Kings are tied 3-3 after regulation time and proceed to overtime. The Rangers eventually win. The final score for betting purposes is Rangers 3-3 Kings.

    If a line includes overtime, it will be clearly stated in the bet offer and clearly written on the ticket. Please check your ticket carefully.

    Penalty Shootouts are expressly considered part of overtime. If a Penalty Shootout is contested, the winner will be credited with an extra goal.

    Example: Dynamo and CSKA are tied 2-2 and proceed to a Shootout. Dynamo wins the Shootout. For our line matching "Dynamo including OT" vs. "CSKA including OT", the final score for betting purposes is Dynamo 3-2 CSKA.

    If a match is postponed or cancelled for any reason, all bets will be cancelled, and stake refunded if the match is not rescheduled to be played within 24 hours of the original kickoff time.

    Minimum time for action: For betting purposes, winners and losers are determined by the final score (including overtime), and no minimum time for action is taken into consideration for settlement.

    If playing is suspended before the completion of a game and not resumed within 24 hours, all bets will be scored as "no action" and the money refunded.

  2. Grand Salami – NHL
    Predict the total number of goals scored in all games scheduled in NHL for that given day. All scheduled games must play three full periods. If any of the games are canceled or abandoned before three full periods are played, all wagers will be void.

  3. 1x2 At Full Time Excluding OT/1st Period/2nd Period/3rd Period
    Predict the winner of the relevant half/period.

  4. Home Away at Full Time Including Overtime
    Predict the winner of the match including overtime and penalties. The game must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  5. Over/Under at Full Time (Including Overtime)/ Full Time Excluding OT/1st Period/2nd Period/3rd Period
    Predict the total goals achieved in a named period match.

    Examples:

    Over 2 Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
    Over 2.5 Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.
    Under 2.5 Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
    The game or relevant half/quarter must be completed for bets to have action unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  6. Draw No Bet at Full Time Excluding OT
    Predict the winning team during ordinary time of a match. In case of draw after full time excluding OT, bets are voided.

  7. Draw No Bet at 1st Period
    Predict the winning team at 1st Period. In case of draw after 1st Period, bets are voided.

  8. Correct Score at Full Time/1st Period/2nd Period/3rd Period
    Predict the correct score in a named period of match. The game or period must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  9. Odd or Even at Full Time (Including Overtime)/Full Time Excluding OT
    Predict whether the total number of accumulated goals in a match will add up to an odd or even number. Any match resulting in 0-0 will be settled as an even number of goals.

  10. Asian Handicap at Full Time (Including Overtime)/Full Time (excluding OT)/1st Period/2nd Period/3rd Period
    Predict which team will win a named period of the match after the handicap scores have been applied. If a match is abandoned after 55 minutes of play, and not completed within 24 hours of its scheduled start time, bets are considered voided and all stakes shall be returned, except for those bets' outcome that has already been determined at the time of abandonment.

  11. 1x2 With Handicap at Full Time (Including Overtime)/Full Time (Excluding OT)/1st Period/2nd Period/3rd Period
    In a 3-Way Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets. Handicap(-1) - You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. Tie: You win if the team with (-1) Handicap wins the match with exactly one goal difference. Handicap (+1) - You win if your team draws or win the match. If a match is abandoned before 55 minutes of play, and not completed within 24 hours of its scheduled start time, bets are considered voided and all stakes shall be returned, except for those bets' outcome that has already been determined at the time of abandonment.

  12. Double Chance at Full Time (Excluding Overtime)/1st Period/2nd Period/3rd Period
    A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet.
    The following options are available:
    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.
    X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.
    1 or 2 - if the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are winners.
    The game or period must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  13. First Scoring Team Wins
    The team that scores first also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  14. To Go to Overtime
    Predict whether the game will go to overtime or not. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  15. Team to Score Goal X
    Predict which team will score the X-th goal. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  16. Team to Score Goal X with Money Back on No goal
    Predict which team will score the quoted goal, for the specified period. If the quoted goal is not scored, the bet will be voided.

  17. Total Score
    Predict the number of goals scored in the game, the user has the possibility to bet on exactly, range and more than.

  18. Race to X goals
    Predict the participant who reaches the quoted number of goals first.

  19. Team Score Over/Under
    Predict the total goals achieved by a named team.
    Over 0.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 1 or more goals.
    Under 0.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team doesn't score.
    Over 1.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 2 or more goals.
    Under 1.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 1 goal or less.
    Own goals are counted for betting purposes.

  20. Last Team to Score
    Predict the team who scores the last goal of the match.

  21. Matchbet and totals
    Combine 1x2 & over under, bets are settled as won only if both sub outcomes are won. Any other combination is lost.

  22. Winning Margin
    Predict the margin in which the winning team will win. Extra Time goals are not included.

  23. Both Teams to Score
    Based on whether both teams score a goal or not in the match.
    Yes = both teams to score.
    No = atleast one team not to score.

  24. Penalty
    Predict which penalty type will be first to be awarded.

  25. Team to Win All 3 Periods
    Predict if one of the two Teams will win all of the three Periods in the match.

  26. Both Teams to Score At Least X Goals
    Predict if both of the teams will score equal or more goals than the given number in the match.

  27. To Win To Nil
    Predict which of the two Teams will manage to win the match without conceding a goal in regular time.

  28. Highest Scoring Period
    Predict which of the three Periods will have most goals scored in it.

  29. Method of Winning
    Predict what will be the winning method of the match – after: Regular Time, Overtime or Penalties.

  30. 1st Period/Full Time
    Predict which of the two Teams will be winning at the end of the 1st Period and of Regular Time in one combined bet type.

  31. First/Last/Anytime Goalscorer
    Predict if a player will score first/anytime/last goal in the match. We make every effort to offer prices for all possible participants. However, players not originally quoted will count as winners should they score the first/last goal. Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will the goal that counts towards settlement purposes. If only own goals are scored in the match, it will be considered a No Goalscorer result.
    For all leagues (including the NHL), bets are settled according to regular time only. Stakes on players not included in the match lineup will be void upon request.
    If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, bets on First Goalscorer market and on Anytime Goalscorer market for players, who have already scored, will stand. All other bets placed on Anytime Goalscorer market will be void.
    If a match is abandoned before a goal is scored, all bets will be void.

  32. Race to X Goals
    Predict the participant who reaches the quoted number of goals first in the game or relevant period. The option "None" is included.

  33. Team Odd/Even
    Predict if the number of goals for a specific team will be odd or even. Ordinary time only.

  34. To Score X or More Goals
    Predict if a player will score a specified number of goals or more. Ordinary time only.

  35. Most Shots on Target
    Predict which team will have more shots on target, or if they will have the same number of shots on target. Overtime is not included.

  36. Players
    If the relevant player does not get any playing time in the match, bets on him will be void upon request. Any stats achieved in overtime (if played) will count towards bets placed for settlement purposes. Win/Loss is determined by a comparison between the stats achieved by the named player and a pre-given number of stats.
    A settlement will be made according to the statistics provided by the official site of the Tournament in which the game is played.

  37. To Qualify
    Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.
    To qualify bets, Include overtime/shootouts.

  38. Winner
    Bets settled on final league/tournament position include playoffs.

  39. Group Winner
    Bets settled on final Group position.

  40. Finishing Position
    Predict which team will be ahead in the final tournament position.
    If one or more teams fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void, and stakes will be refunded.

  41. Regular Season Point Totals
    All scheduled games must be played for wagers to have action.

  42. Regular Season Wins
    All scheduled games must be played for wagers to have action.

  43. Shots on Goal
    Shots on Goal is similar to Handicap and Over/Under Wager.
    Win/loss is determined by the number of shots on target by both teams, then comparing with the handicap given before the start of the game.

  44. Relegation
    If a team is removed from the league/tournament before the season has started, all bets on that market will be void, and a new relegation book will be opened.

  45. Series Score
    Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organizations) are not completed or are changed.

  46. Elimination Stage
    Predict in which stage of a tournament a team will be eliminated.

  47. To Win Series
    Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organizations) are not completed or are changed.

  48. Head 2 Head
    If one or more contestants fail to start, all bets are considered void, and stakes will be refunded.

  49. Time of goal X - 1P, 2P, 3P
    Predict when the quoted goal will be scored in the given interval (time range).

  50. Player To Score Goal X - 1P, 2P, 3P
    Predict the player who scores the quoted goal in the given interval (time range).

  51. Anytime Goalscorer - 1P, 2P, 3P
    Predict if the quoted player will score at least one goal in the given interval (period).

  52. Goal In Time Range - 1P, 2P, 3P
    Predict if a team will score a goal or not in the given time range.

  53. Matchbet & Totals - 1P, 2P, 3P
    Predict the winner of the given interval (period) and if the number of goals in that interval will be over or under a certain threshold.

  54. Scorings O/U In Time Range - 1P, 2P, 3P
    Predict if the number of goals will be over or under a certain threshold, for the given time range (period).

  55. Double Chance & Over/Under
    Predict the outcome of the match (home team or draw, home team or away team, away team or draw) and if the number of goals will be over or under a certain threshold.

  56. First Scoring Team Wins
    Predict if the team that scores the first goal will also win the match.

  57. First Team Goalscorer
    Predict the player that will score the first goal for their respective team.

  58. Goal X Before Minute Y
    Predict if the quoted goal will be scored before the specified minute or not.

  59. Home No Bet
    Bet on an away win or a draw. In the event of a home win the bet is void.

  60. Away No Bet
    Bet on a home win or a draw. In the event of an away win the bet is void.

  61. When Will the Game End?
    A bet on this market will be settled based on whether the match ends in regular time, overtime, or a penalty shootout. Settlement is based on the official match result. If the game is abandoned before a result is declared, bets are void.

  62. To Win Most Periods
    A bet on this market will be settled on the team that wins the most individual periods during regular time. A team must win more periods than their opponent; drawn periods do not count. If both teams win the same number of periods, bets are settled as lost when market options include Draw outcome.

  63. Matchbet & Both Teams to Score (6-way)
    Predict who will win the match, or if it will end as a draw and if both teams will score or not.

  64. Team Shots on Target Over/Under
    Predict if the total number of shots on target for a given team is over or under a certain threshold.

  65. Teams To Score
    Predicted if the home team scores, the away team scores, both teams score or neither team scores.

  66. Top Assistman
    Predict the player with the highest number of assists from the given options.

  67. 3-Way (0% Margin)
    Predict who will win the game, or if it will end as a draw with a 100% payout.

  68. Player Points Over/Under
    Predict if the number of points (goals + assists) scored by a player is over or under the specified threshold.

  69. Player Goals Over/Under
    Predict if the number of goals scored by a player is over or under the specified threshold.

  70. Player Assists Over/Under
    Predict if the number of assists recorded by a player is over or under the specified threshold.

  71. Player Shots on Target Over/Under
    Predict if the number of shots on target recorded by a player is over or under the specified threshold.

  72. Most Valuable Player
    Predict which player will be awarded the Most Valuable Player (MVP) title for a specific game (e.g., Stanley Cup Finals MVP), season (e.g., NHL Regular Season MVP), tournament or series. Bets will be settled based on the official MVP announcement by the relevant league or organizing body (e.g., the NHL). All bets stand regardless of player participation unless the event or award is officially canceled. If the MVP is determined through voting or a subjective selection process, the official result will be used to settle bets.

  73. Name The Finalists & Winner
    This market requires predicting both teams that will reach the final of the competition and which one of them will win it. All three components must be correct. Bets are settled at the conclusion of the final match.

  74. Team to Reach Playoffs
    A bet on whether a specific team will qualify for the playoffs (Yes/No)

  75. To Make the Playoffs
    This market settles on whether a team qualifies for the postseason, either directly or through a play-in system, as defined by the competition format.

  76. Team Season Wins Over/Under
    Bets on whether a team will finish the season with more or fewer wins than the stated line. Regular season & Playoff results count. Overtime wins are included. If the team does not complete its full schedule, bets may be void unless the outcome is already determined.

  77. Team Regular Season Wins Over/Under
    Bets on whether a team will finish the regular season with more or fewer wins than the stated line. Only regular season count. Overtime wins are included. If the team does not complete its full schedule, bets may be void unless the outcome is already determined.

  78. Team Stage of Elimination
    This market settles on the round or stage in which the selected team is eliminated.

  79. Winning Conference
    Predicts which conference will win the overall competition (e.g., Eastern or Western Conference in the NBA). The team winning the final determines the winning conference.

  80. Winning Division
    A bet on which team will top its division at the end of the regular season.

  81. Most Regular Season Wins
    This market settles on the team that finishes the regular season with the most wins.

  82. Team To Make the Conference Final
    A bet on whether the selected team will reach the Conference Finals.

  83. Regular Season Number X Seed
    This market predicts which team will finish the regular season as the Xth seed in their conference. Official league standings apply.

  84. Winning Continent
    Settles based on the continent or region (e.g., Europe, North America) of the winning team or, in international tournaments, the confederation the nation represents.

  85. Rookie of the Year
    Settles based on the official award presented by the league to the top-performing rookie. Only officially recognized awards are considered. Bets are void if no award is issued.

  86. Coach of the Year
    Settles on the coach officially awarded by the league. Bets are void if no award is issued.

  87. 1st Round Pick
    Bets on whether a player will be selected during the first round of the draft. Official draft results are used for settlement. If the draft is cancelled or the player withdraws, bets are void.

  88. Number X Overall Pick
    Predicts which player will be selected at a specific draft position (e.g. 1st overall). Official draft records are final. Bets void if the draft is altered or incomplete.

  89. Player Draft Position Over/Under
    Bets on whether a player's final draft selection will be over or under the listed number. The player must be selected for bets to stand; otherwise, they are void.

  90. Regular Season Number X Seed
    This market predicts which team will finish the regular season as the Xth seed in their conference. Official league standings apply. If standings are unresolved due to season disruption, bets may be void.

  91. Winner Without
    Predict the selected team to win the tournament if the indicated team is removed from the field for settlement purposes.

  92. Winner Double Chance
    Predict whether one of the two selected teams will win the tournament.

  93. Group of Winner
    Predict the group in which the tournament winner will emerge from.

  94. Best Goalkeeper
    A bet on this market will be settled based on the player officially awarded the Best Goalkeeper award at the end of the tournament. If no award is given, bets are void unless specified otherwise. Settlement follows official tournament sources.

  95. Interval Markets
    Wagers placed on specific timeframes or intervals will only consider outcomes and events relevant to the designated period.
    To clarify, the "1st minute" of a match spans from 0:00 to 0:59, the "2nd minute" from 1:00 to 1:59, the "3rd minute" from 2:00 to 2:59, and so forth.
    Events occurring outside the defined timeframe will not be considered for determining outcomes, unless otherwise specified.

Jiu JitsuTop

  1. Home Away:
    Predict the winner of the match.

JudoTop

  1. Outright Betting is all-in compete or not. Where applicable the podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  2. Prices are offered for each fighter to win the fight and in the event of a draw all bets will be void and stakes returned. If either fighter is replaced with another fighter all bets will be void and stakes returned.

KabaddiTop

    Match Betting
    Unless stated otherwise, all bets will be settled based on the score at the end of the scheduled 40 minutes regulation time and excluding extra time if played. If the scheduled 40 minutes is not played then bets will be void, with the exception of markets where the result has already been determined. The following markets include Extra Time/Golden Raid for settlement purposes:

  1. To Win in Extra Time/Golden Raid
    If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match plays the fixture at the away team venue then bets will stand providing the home team is still officially designated as such, otherwise bets will be void.
    Any postponed or cancelled matches will be treated as a non-runner for settling purposes unless it is played within 48 hours of the original start time.

  2. Half Betting
    The designated half must be completed for bets to stand, unless the outcome of the specific market is already determined; and exclude extra time, if played.

  3. Total Under/Over markets
    All bets will be settled based on the score at the end of the scheduled 40 minutes regulation time and excluding extra time if played. If the scheduled 40 minutes is not played then bets will be void, with the exception of markets where the result has already been determined.

  4. Home Away at Full Time Including Overtime
    Predict which team will be the winner. The match must end for bets to stand.

  5. 1X2, Full Time Excluding Overtime
    Predict the result of the game.
    Bets are made by selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away win:
    1 – Home Win, X – Draw, 2 – Away Win.
    If the game is abandoned, all bets are void.

  6. 1X2, First Half/Second Half
    Predict the result of the quoted half. If the game is abandoned then all bets will be void, unless the half has already finished.

  7. Asian Handicap, Full Time Including Overtime/First Half/Second Half
    Predict the winner of a named period, applying the given handicap. The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  8. Double Chance, Full Time Excluding Overtime
    A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes with one bet. The following options are available:
    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, then bets on this option are winners.
    X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.
    1 or 2 - if the result is either a home or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.

  9. Over/Under, Whole Match/ 1st Half/ 2nd Half
    Predict if the total number of points scored by both teams in a named period will be over or under a given number. If the game is abandoned, all bets are voided unless the bets are already decided.

  10. Team Score Over/Under, Whole Match/ 1st Half/ 2nd Half
    Win/loss is determined by the goals accumulated by a quoted team in the respective period. If the game is abandoned then all bets will be void, unless the outcome has already been determined.

  11. Odd/Even, Whole Match/ 1st Half/ 2nd Half
    Predict if the points scored by both teams will add up to an odd or an even number. The game or relevant half must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  12. Matchbet and Totals, Whole Match/ 1st Half/ 2nd Half
    Predict the winner of the relevant period and if there will be over or under X points scored in that period from the given options.
    If a game is abandoned all bets will be voided, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  13. Winner / Outright
    Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets will be settled according to the final league position including Play-offs and according to the official site of the event.

KarateTop

  1. Home Away:
    Predict the winner of the match. If the match ends in a draw even after the additional round, all stakes will be returned.

KayakTop

  1. The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

KickboxingTop

  1. When the bell sounds to start the first round, the bout will be considered official for betting purposes, regardless of the scheduled length or title.

  2. A fight is a Technical Draw when a fight ends before an allotted number of rounds. This is usually because of an accidental head-butt or foul.

  3. Any fight that is considered "no contest" will have all wagers refunded.

  4. Home Away:
    Predict who wins the match. In case of a draw (incl. Majority Draw), all stakes will be returned.
    All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought..

MMATop

  1. General

    When the bell sounds to start the first round, the bout will be considered official for betting purposes, regardless of the scheduled length or title.

    A fight is a Technical Draw when a fight ends before an allotted number of rounds. This is usually because of an accidental head-butt or foul.

    Any fight that is considered "no contest" will have all wagers refunded.

    If the wagering offer on a match includes the draw as a third option and the match ends in a draw, wagers on the draw will be paid, while wagers on both fighters will be lost. If the wagering offer includes only the two boxers, with the draw either not offered or offered as a separate proposition, and the match ends in a draw, wagers on either fighter will be refunded.

    An Over/Under (total) listed on a fight represents the total number of completed rounds. The halfway point of a round is exactly two minutes and thirty seconds mark. Thus, 2½ rounds would be two minutes and thirty seconds of the 3rd round.

    Results will be graded based on the official result at ringside. Results are not official for wagering purposes until verified by officials at the fighting venue. Official or unofficial sanctioning body overturns of a fight decision based on appeal, suspension, lawsuit, drug testing result, or any other fighter sanction will not be recognized for wagering purposes.

    Unless otherwise specified, matches must go within thirty days of the scheduled date for wagers to have action.

  2. Home Away
    Predict who wins the match. In case of a draw (incl. Majority Draw), all stakes will be returned.
    All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought.

  3. Over/Under
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed, then bets already placed will still stand unless the offered parameter is higher than the total number of rounds to be fought. In this case the stakes will be returned.
    For settlement purposes where a half round is stated then 2 minutes 30 seconds of the respective round will define the half to determine under or over.
    For example: Over 150 seconds into the 3rd round of an MMA fight will equal Over 2.5 rounds.

  4. Home Draw Away
    Predict who wins the match, with draw included.
    All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought.

  5. Will Fight go the Distance?
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed, bets already placed will be void and stakes returned.
    For betting purposes, the official designated number of rounds must be fully completed for bets to be settled as Yes.

  6. Round Betting/Grouped Round Betting
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed, bets on round betting already placed will be void and stakes returned.
    For betting purposes, betting on rounds or groups of rounds is for a fighter to win by KO, TKO or disqualification during that round or group of rounds. In the event of a Technical Decision before the end of the fight, all bets will be settled as a win by Decision.

  7. Match Duration Over/Under
    Predict if the fight will be finished before or under a certain number of minutes.

  8. Matchbet And Totals
    Predict the winner and the number of rounds to be fought.
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed, then bets already placed will still stand unless the offered parameter is higher than the total number of rounds to be fought. In this case the stakes will be returned.
    For settlement purposes, where a half round is stated, 2 minutes 30 seconds of the respective round will define the half to determine under or over.

  9. MMA Fight Result 5-Way/7-Way
    If the fight is stopped due to an injury or disqualification either by the referee or the doctor, then this will be considered a technical knockout (TKO). In the event of a technical decision, all markets will be settled as a decision or points victory. In the event of a technical draw, all markets will be settled as a draw. A technical submission will be settled as a submission.
    All bets will have action regardless of changes to the number of rounds to be fought.

Modern PentathlonTop

  1. Participants must pass the starting line for bets to have action otherwise bets will be void and stakes returned. The podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

Motor BikesTop

  1. Championship Betting:All-in, compete or not. Bets will be determined by the number of points accumulated following the podium presentation of the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries. If the points are level, then dead-heat rules will apply, unless the result is determined by the competition rules.

  2. Individual Race Betting:Non-runner no-bet - Rule 4 (Deductions) may apply. All riders in place to start the warm-up lap are considered as runners. The podium positions will be used to determine 1st, 2nd and 3rd for betting purposes. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect the bets.

Motor RacingTop

  1. General

    If an event does not take place as scheduled, unless it is postponed due to weather conditions, all bets are void. An exception is made if the incorrect start time is announced on our website.

    All race bets are settled on the official classification from the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile (FIA), the sport's governing body, at the time of the podium presentation.

  2. Drivers’ Championship
    Each participant is priced to be the top driver during the Formula 1 season in accordance with Drivers Championship standings, and rules as specified by the FIA. Each-way terms apply.

  3. Constructors Championship
    Each participant is priced to be the top constructor over the Formula 1 season in accordance with Constructors Championship standings, and rules as specified by the FIA. Each-way terms apply.

  4. Head-to-Head
    Two drivers or constructors may be paired/put in a group for betting purposes and prices offered on which of them will finish in a higher position in the Drivers/Constructors Championship standings, as specified by the FIA, and in accordance with their official rules. Minimum 16 races must take place for bets to stand.

  5. Individual Grand Prix Betting
    All drivers who start the formation lap are considered as runners. The podium positions will be used to determine 1st, 2nd and 3rd for betting purposes.

  6. Top X
    If both drivers fail to complete the race, then the driver completing the most laps will be considered the winner. If both drivers retire on the same lap, then bets will be settled on the official classification at the time of podium presentation.

  7. Winning Car
    All cars will be considered as runners. The podium positions will be used to determine 1st, 2nd and 3rd for betting purposes.

  8. Fastest Lap
    The official FIA result at the time of the podium presentation for the race will be used.

  9. First Retirement
    Predict the driver or the car that will retire first. First Retirement bets will have action once the 1st formation lap starts. A winning bet is on the constructor or driver of the first car to retire.

  10. NASCAR - Outright Race
    The Official NASCAR winner of the race shall be the winner of the race for wagering purposes; this includes all races which are halted prematurely for any reason.
    Any drivers who do not qualify for the race will be deemed no action, i.e. all bets on such driver will be declared void.

  11. Rally
    All race bets are settled on the official classification as defined by the official race organizers and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.

  12. Race Outright
    Predict the player that will win the race.

  13. Non-Runner no-bet
    The podium positions will be used to determine the winner for betting purposes.
    Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  14. Top 6 Finish
    Predict the player who will finish in Top 6.
    The result for settlement is at the time of the podium presentation. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  15. Top 10 Finish
    Predict the player who will finish in Top 10.
    The result for settlement is at the time of the podium presentation. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  16. Fastest Qualifier
    Predict who will be Fastest in Qualify.
    Official lap times as recorded by the FIA will be used for settlement. Drivers must record a lap time in the specified session of practice for bets to stand.

  17. Practice 1 Winner
    Predict who will be Winner in Practice 1.
    Official lap times as recorded by the FIA will be used for settlement. Drivers must record a lap time in the specified session of practice for bets to stand.

  18. Practice 2 Winner
    Predict who will be Winner in Practice 2.
    Official lap times as recorded by the FIA will be used for settlement. Drivers must record a lap time in the specified session of practice for bets to stand.

  19. Practice 3 Winner
    Predict who will be Winner in Practice 3.
    Official lap times as recorded by the FIA will be used for settlement. Drivers must record a lap time in the specified session of practice for bets to stand.

  20. Winning Team
    Predict the race car winner.
    All cars will be deemed as runners. The podium positions will be used to determine 1st, 2nd and 3rd for betting purposes.

  21. Winning Nationality
    Predict the nationality of the driver that will win the race.

  22. Winning Margin
    Predict the winning margin between winning car and others.
    Bets will be settled on the official FIA result at the time of the podium presentation.

  23. Winner Without
    Predict the selected team to win the tournament if the indicated team is removed from the field for settlement purposes.

  24. Grid Position of the Winner
    Predict the starting position of the race winner.
    Settlement will be based on the driver’s final position on the FIA’s official classification at the time of the podium presentation and the driver’s grid position at the start of the race. To receive a finishing position the driver must be a classified finisher in accordance with the FIA’s rules. Any bet on a driver who is classed as retired on the official FIA classification and not given a finishing position is deemed a loser. Any driver not starting the race from their designated grid position, including from the pit lane, will be declared void.

  25. Leader After 1st Lap
    Predict who will be leading after 1 Lap.
    For settlement purposes the winner is deemed to be the driver leading the race as they cross the start/finish line after one classified race lap (formation lap not included). In the event of one lap not being fully completed all bets will be void. If a race starts under safety car conditions, bets placed on this market will stand.

  26. Leader After 5 Laps
    Predict who will be leading after 5 Laps.
    For settlement purposes the winner is deemed to be the driver leading the race as they cross the start/finish line after five classified race laps (formation lap not included). In the event of one lap not being fully completed all bets will be void. If a race starts under safety car conditions, bets placed on this market will stand.

  27. Leader After 10 Laps
    Predict on who will be leading after 10 Laps.
    For settlement purposes the winner is deemed to be the driver leading the race as they cross the start/finish line after ten classified race laps (formation lap not included). In the event of one lap not being fully completed all bets will be void. If a race starts under safety car conditions, bets placed on this market will stand.

  28. Qualification Winning Team
    Predict the car that will win qualification.
    Official qualifying times as recorded by the FIA will be used for settlement. For Fastest Qualifier and Qualifying Session 3 Winning Car markets, times recorded in the third session are the only ones that count. If for some reason the third session does not take place, we will settle on the official grid as formed by the FIA. Grid position penalties/subsequent disqualifications do not apply for settlement purposes. However, qualifying time penalties (as specified by the FIA) will. Drivers must start the first session of qualifying for bets to stand. For fastest in qualifying session 1 and 2, drivers must start the specified session of qualifying for bets to stand.

  29. Qualification Winning Margin
    Predict the winning margin between winning car and others.
    Bets will be settled on the official FIA result at the time of the podium presentation.

  30. Winner Without
    Prediction of who will be the winner without a leader completing the first position. All race bets are settled on the official classification from the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), the sport’s governing body, at the time of the podium presentation without a race winner.

  31. Motor Bikes

    Championship Betting

    All-in, compete or not. Bets will be determined by the number of points accumulated following the podium presentation of the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.

    Individual Race Betting

    Non-runner no-bet. All riders in place to start the warm-up lap are considered as runners. The podium positions will be used to determine 1st, 2nd and 3rd for betting purposes. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect the bets.

    Podium Position

    Predict the player who will finish in Top 3.
    The result for settlement is at the time of the podium presentation.
    Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect the bets.
    All-in compete or not. Bets will be determined by the number of points accumulated following the podium presentation of the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries

Muay ThaiTop

  1. General

    An event is only considered to have started when the bell is sounded for the beginning of the first round. All bets will be void if one or both fighters fail to start the event.

    All bets will be considered valid regardless of any color change of the fighters. The Red or Blue colors designated to fighters are strictly for reference purposes only.

    All bets will be settled based on the official decision given in the ring immediately after the end of the event. Subsequent changes to the result are not recognized for betting purposes.

  2. Home Away:
    Predict who wins the match. In case of a draw all stakes will be returned.
    All bets will stand even if there is a change to the number of rounds to be fought.

  3. Over/Under:
    Predict whether the fight will finish under or over a specified number of rounds.
    For "Total Rounds" settlement purposes, 1 minutes and 30 seconds will represent half a round (if the round lasts for 3 minutes). For example, for a bet on "Over 1.5 rounds" to be a winner, the fight must last beyond 1 minutes and 30 seconds in round 2. If the number of rounds in a fight is changed after "Total Rounds" markets have been set, then all bets on these markets will be void.
    If a fighter withdraws in the period between rounds, the fight will be deemed to have ended in the previous round for "Round Betting" settlement.
    If for any reason the number of rounds in a fight is changed then bets already placed will still stand unless the offered parameter is higher than the total number of rounds to be fought. In this case the stakes will be returned.

NetballTop

  1. General

    In the event of a match starting but not being completed all bets will be void unless stated otherwise in the rules. All bets will be settled based on the regular time result only, unless otherwise stated in the rules.

    If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

    If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played within 24 hours, or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if we advertise incorrect starting time.

    If a market is offered as 2Way and happened to finish with a draw result, Push rules apply.

  2. Outright
    Predict the winner of the league/tournament. Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including playoffs if played, unless otherwise stated.

  3. Money Line
    Predict the outcome:
    1 – Home team wins,
    X – Draw,
    2 – Away team wins.

  4. Spread
    Predict the winner, applying the given handicap (spread) to the result.

  5. Over/Under
    Predict whether the total points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.

  6. 1st/2nd Half
    Bets (money line, spread, over/under) on halves will be settled according to the relevant half score only. A relevant Half must be completed for bets to stand, unless they are already determined. If the game is suspended in the second half, first half bets will be settled, the others will be void.

  7. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter
    Bets (money line, spread, over/under) on quarters will be settled according to the relevant quarter result only. A relevant quarter must be completed for bets to stand, unless they are already determined. If the game is suspended - bets on finished quarters will be settled, while bets on running as well as on quarters that haven’t started will be void, unless bets on the running quarter are already determined. For example: a game is suspended in the 3rd quarter:
    - bets on 1st and 2nd quarters will be settled
    - if there are any O/U bets on the 3rd quarter that could be settled, they would be
    - all other bets will be void.

PadelTop

  1. Home Away: Predict which team will win the match.

  2. Odd/Even: Predict if the total number of games played in given period (set or match) will over odd or even.

  3. Correct Score: Predict the exact score of the given interval (game, set, tie-break or match).

  4. Points Over/Under: Predict of the total number of points will be over or under a certain threshold, for the given period (tie-break)

  5. Points Handicap: Predict the participant who will win the game with the handicap parameter in that tie-break.

  6. Point Winner: Predict the winner of a mentioned point (Xth set, Yth game).

  7. Race To X Games: Predict the name of the pair who reaches the quoted number of games first.

  8. Games Won Over/Under Predict whether a pair will win over or under the specified number of games in the match/set.

  9. Tie-Break in Match
    Predict whether at least one set in the match will be decided by a tie-break.

  10. Tie-Break in Set
    Predict whether a specific set will be decided by a tie-break.

  11. Tie Breaks Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of tie-breaks in the match will be over or under the specified line.

  12. Points Handicap
    Predict whether a pair will win the match after applying the given handicap to their total points won.

  13. Matchbet And Totals
    Predict both the winner of the match and whether the total number of games will be over or under the specified line.

  14. Points Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of points played in the match will be over or under the specified line.

  15. Number of Games
    Predict the number of games that will be played in the match.

  16. Games X and Y Winner
    Predict the winners of two specific consecutive games in the match (e.g., Game 3 and Game 4).

PesapalloTop

  1. General rules
    All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to have action. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time. If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, bets placed based on the original listing will be void. All match markets will be settled on the score at the end of the 8th inning and will exclude extra inning if played, unless otherwise stated. Innings/Periods Betting - The relevant period must be completed for bets to have action, unless the specific market outcome is already determined.

  2. Specific Market Rules
    First To Score – If the match is abandoned before a goal is scored then bets will be void. Total Goals Odd/Even – If there is no score all bets will be settled as Even. Winning Margin – Includes Tie. Highest Scoring Period – Excludes extra inning, if 2 or more periods have the same score, Draw will be settled as the result. Team with Highest Scoring Inning - Excludes extra inning. Predict the team with highest scoring inning. Push rules apply. Double Result – Predict the winner at the end of the 1st Period and the Full Time Winner. Race To X Runs – includes Neither.

  3. Settlement
    All settlements are based on the statistics and results provided by the official website of the league’s governing body on the day of the game, unless otherwise stated.

PickleballTop

  1. Outright Winner
    Predict which player or team will win the tournament. Bets are settled based on the official final tournament result. If a player or team withdraws before their first match, bets on them are void. If they withdraw after their first match, bets stand unless otherwise stated.

  2. Top X
    Predict whether the player will finish within the top X positions of the tournament. Settlement is based on the official final standings.

  3. Head-To-Head
    Predict which of the two listed players or teams will finish higher in the tournament. If both are eliminated in the same round, dead-heat rules apply unless otherwise specified.

  4. Home Away
    Predict which player or team will win the match. All bets are settled on the official result at the end of the match. If a player retires or is disqualified, all bets are void.

  5. Points Handicap
    Predict the winner of the match after applying the specified points handicap. The handicap is applied to the final point total of the match.

  6. Points Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of points scored in the match will be over or under the specified line. Includes all sets played.

  7. Points Won Over/Under
    Predict whether the number of points won by a specific player or team will be over or under the given line.

  8. Correct Score
    Predict the exact final score in sets (e.g. 2-0, 2-1) in favor of either player or team. All sets must be completed for bets to stand.

  9. Sets Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of sets played in the match will be over or under the specified line. If a player retires early, bets are void unless the outcome is already decided.

  10. Set Handicap
    Predict the winner of the match after applying the specified handicap in sets. For example, +1.5 sets or -1.5 sets.

  11. Matchbet And Totals
    Predict both the winner of the match and whether the total number of games will be over or under the specified line.

  12. Games Odd/Even
    Predict whether the total number of games played in the match will be an odd or even number.

PokerTop

  1. For outright bets, the contestant must start in the event in order to be considered action.

RowingTop

    In the event of a race starting but not being completed then all bets will be void.

  1. Outright
    Predict the winner of the stage, race (it will be specified in the name of the outright). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will not be void.

  2. Top 4, 5, 6, 10, 20 Finish
    A Player to finish within the Top 4, Top 5, Top 6, Top 10 or Top 20 of a specific tournament. Same rules also apply for top finishes after a specific round of a tournament.

RugbyTop

  1. General

    Minimum Time for Action: For betting purposes, winners and losers are determined by the final score (including overtime), and no minimum time for action is taken into consideration for settlement.

    If playing is suspended before the completion and has not resumed within 24 hours, all bets will be scored as "no action" and the money refunded.

    All bets on the game will include overtime scoring unless otherwise specified.

    Unless noted before a contest, all events must be played on the scheduled date and at the scheduled time to have action.

    Bets will be paid on the Final result of a contest (normal time or extra time where applicable).

  2. 1x2 Full time excluding OT
    Predict the result of a match. Home, Draw or Away. The game must be completed for bets to have action.

  3. 1x2 First Half
    Predict the result of the first half. Bets are void if the match is abandoned before half time. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

  4. 1x2 with Handicap, Full time excluding OT
    Predict which team will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied, including the handicap draw. The game must be completed for bets to have action.

  5. 1x2 with Handicap, 1H
    Predict which team will win the first half after the handicap scores have been applied, including the handicap draw. The first half must be completed for bets to have action.

  6. Asian Handicap, Full time excluding OT
    Predict which team will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied excluding OT. The game must be completed for bets to have action.

  7. Asian Handicap, Match
    Predict which team will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied including OT. The game must be completed for bets to have action.

  8. Asian Handicap, 1H
    Predict which team will win the first half after the handicap scores have been applied.
    The relevant half must be completed for bets to have action.

  9. HT/FT, Full time excluding OT
    Predict the result at half-time and end of regular time.
    Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match ending in draw.

  10. Winning margin
    Predict which team will win the match and the victory margin. The game must be completed for bets to have action.

  11. Points O/U, Full time excluding OT
    Total points of the game, over or under a parameter excluding OT.

  12. Points O/U, Match
    Total points of the game, over or under a parameter including OT.

  13. Points O/U, First Half
    Total points of first half, over or under a parameter.

  14. Tries O/U, Match
    Predict whether the total number of tries scored in the match will be over or under a specific figure.

  15. First Team Try
    Predict the team to convert the first try. If no try is converted in the game, then bets will be void.

  16. First Try Converted
    Select whether the conversion attempt after the first try will be successful.
    If the 1st try is a penalty try, no conversion is taken. Bets will then be settled on the conversion taken after the 2nd try. If the 2nd try is also a penalty try, bets will be settled after the 3rd try or whichever try is converted first.
    If the team opt against attempting a conversion, bets will be void.

  17. Tries Odd/Even
    Select if the total tries in the match will finish odd or even. Regular time only.

  18. Team to score try X
    Select the team that will score a certain try (2nd, 3rd and all subsequent scores). The “no score” option is included. Regular time only.

  19. Team to score try X (2-way)
    Select the team that will score a certain try (2nd, 3rd and all subsequent scores). Regular time only.

  20. Team to score last try
    Select the team that will score the last try. The “no score” option is included. Regular time only.

  21. Team to score next try
    Select which team will score the next try in a given event. If no tries are scored after the bet was placed, the winning selection in this market will be “no try”. Regular time only.

  22. Player to score try X
    Select a player to score a certain try in a match. Penalties tries do not count. (e.g. if the bet is on the 5th try in the match and it is a penalty try the winning selection in this market will be the scorer of the 6th try. If the 6th try is also a penalty try the winning selection in this market will be the scorer of the 7th try and so on. If no tries are scored in the match or only penalty tries are scored, after the bet is placed, the winning selection in this market will be “no tryscorer”) Regular time only.
    For this market, bets on players not taking part in the match will be void.

  23. Next Tryscorer
    Select a player to score the next try in a match. These rules are applicable to 2nd, 3rd and all subsequent tryscorers. Penalties tries do not count (e.g. if the second try in the match is a penalty try the winning selection in this market will be the scorer of the third try. If the 3rd try is also a penalty try the winning selection in this market will be the scorer of the 4th try and so on. If no tries are scored in the match or only penalty tries are scored, after the bet is placed, the winning selection in this market will be “no tryscorer”). Regular time only.
    For this market, bets on players not taking part in the match will be void.

  24. Last Tryscorer
    Select a player to score the last try in a match. Penalty tries do not count (e.g. If the last try is a penalty try, the winning tryscorer selection in this market will be the scorer of the 2nd last try. If the 2nd last try is also a penalty try, the winning tryscorer selection in this market will be the scorer of the 3rd last try and so on. If no tries are scored in the match or only penalty tries are scored, after the bet is placed, the winning selection in this market will be “no tryscorer”). Regular time only. For this market, bets on players not taking part in the match will be void.

  25. Draw No Bet
    Predict which team will win the match in regular time. If match ends in a draw after regular time, all bets are considered voided.

  26. Double chance(1X - 12 - X2)
    A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet.
    The following options are available:
    1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.
    X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.
    1 or 2 - if the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are winners.

  27. First Scoring Team Wins
    The team that scores first also wins the match. Markets will be settled according to game stats from the respective official competition site published on the day of the game.

  28. Highest Scoring Half
    Predict the highest scoring half. Second half does not include OT, unless otherwise stated. Tie is an option. If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined. Highest Scoring Event Part: Predict which half will feature the most points. Excludes extra times. If the number of points scored is equal for the 2 halves, "Draw" will be settled as the result.

  29. To Qualify
    Predict the team to qualify.

  30. Race to Points
    Predict which team will be the first to reach desired certain number of points– Home Team / Away Team / None are the selections are available for betting.

  31. First Team to Score
    Predict the team that will score first in the mentioned period. The "Draw" option is included.

  32. Team Score Over/Under
    Predict the total points scored by a certain team in the match.
    If the match is not completed, then all bets are void unless the market has already been determined.

  33. Team Score Over/Under, 1H
    Predict the total points scored by a certain team in the first half.

  34. Team to Win Both Halves
    Predict which team will win both first half and second half. The game must be completed for bets to have action.

  35. Odd/Even
    Predict whether the total number of points in the match will be odd or even.

  36. Home Draw Away in Interval
    Predict which team will outscore the other during a specified interval. If both teams score the same number of points, the "Draw" option is the winning bet. The interval must be fully completed for bets to stand; if the game is interrupted and the interval isn't completed bets are void.

  37. Team Tries Over/Under
    Predict whether the total number of tries scored in the match, by the indicated team, will be over or under a specified threshold.

  38. Most Tries
    Predict which team will score the most tries in the match. If both teams score the same number of tries, "Draw" is the winning selection. Only tries scored in regular time count unless otherwise stated. Bets are void if the match is not completed and the result is not already determined.

  39. 1st Team Try
    Predict which team will score the first try in the match.

  40. Winner, Whole Event
    All bets will be settled on official tournament results.

  41. Outright
    All bets will be settled on official tournament results. All markets will be settled on the regular season result unless stated otherwise.

  42. Outright Betting Without
    To predict which team will progress furthest in the tournament without the nominated team listed. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  43. Rock Bottom
    To predict which team will finish bottom of the league after the completion of the Regular Season. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  44. To Reach Quarter Final
    To predict if a certain team will make it through to the Quarter Final stage of the tournament. Bets settled as loser if team disqualified from tournament. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  45. To Reach Semi Final
    To predict if a certain team will make it through to the Semi Final stage of the tournament. Bets settled as loser if team disqualified from tournament. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  46. To Reach the Final
    To predict if a certain team will make it through to the Final stage of the tournament. Bets settled as loser if team disqualified from tournament. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  47. Name the Finalists
    To predict which two teams will make it through to the tournament final. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  48. Winning Continent
    To predict the Continent of the Tournament Winner. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  49. First Time Winner
    To predict if the Tournament Winner has won the named tournament before. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  50. Winning Hemisphere
    To predict the Hemisphere of the Tournament Winner. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  51. Winning Pool
    To predict the Pool in which the Tournament Winner will come from. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  52. Stage of Elimination
    To predict the exact stage of the tournament in which a certain team gets eliminated. If the nominated team gets disqualified, then all bets on market will be void. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  53. Top Tryscorer
    To predict the player who scores the most tries in the tournament. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via the Official Tournament Website.

  54. Top Team Tryscorer
    To predict the player who scores the most tries in the tournament for the nominated team. This market includes extra time. All bets are settled via the Official Tournament Website.

  55. Top Point Scorer
    To predict which player will score the most points in the tournament. This market includes extra time. All bets are settled via the Official Tournament Website.

  56. Total Tournament Red Cards
    To predict the total amount of red cards shown in the tournament. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  57. Total Tournament Yellow Cards
    Predict the total amount of yellow cards shown in the tournament. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  58. Total Tournament Tries
    Predict the total amount of tries scored in the tournament. This market includes extra time. Penalty tries count for settlement purposes. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  59. Total Tournament Points
    Predict the total amount of points scored in the tournament. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  60. Total Team Tournament Tries
    Predict the total amount of tries scored in the tournament by the specified team. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  61. Total Team Tournament Points
    Predict the total amount of points scored in the tournament by the specified team. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  62. Total Tournament Successful Drop Goals
    Predict the total amount of successful drop goals scored in the tournament. This market includes extra time. All bets settled via Official Tournament Website.

  63. Triple Crown (Six Nations)
    Bet on one of the "Home Nations" (England, Ireland, Scotland or Wales) participating in The Six Nations Championship to win the Triple Crown. If any one of these teams defeat all three other teams, they win the Triple Crown.
    The Six Nations Championship also includes France and Italy, but their involvement in the tournament has no influence on the result of the Triple Crown.

  64. Grand Slam (Six Nations)
    Bet on one team participating in the Six Nations Championship to beat all the other teams for one year's competition, i.e. bet on which nation will win all its matches in the tournament.

  65. Double Result
    Predict which team wins the 1st half and the 2nd half of the match. You can bet on 1/1, 2/1, 1/2, 2/2. Any Other outcome is also available for cases where one or both halves end in a draw.

  66. Team to Win Both Halves
    Predict if the named team will win both halves of the match or not.

  67. Team to Score First and Win
    Predict if the named team will score first and win the match or not.

  68. Matchbet And Totals
    Predict the winner of the match and if the number of points will be over or under a certain threshold.

  69. Handicap and Totals
    Predict which team will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied and if the number of points will be over or under a certain threshold.

  70. Anytime Tryscorer
    Bets are placed on whether a specific player will score a try at any point during the match including both regular time and any injury/stoppage time (unless otherwise stated).
    If the player does not take part in the match, bets on that player will be void.
    If the player starts on the bench and comes on as a substitute, the bet remains valid.
    If the match is abandoned and the player has already scored a try, bets will stand.
    If the player has not scored and the match is abandoned, all bets will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

SailingTop

  1. All-in compete or not. Where applicable the podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  2. To Win Match - In the event of a race starting but not being completed then the player/team progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.

  3. Top 4, 5, 6, 10, 20 Finish
    A Player to finish within the Top 4, Top 5, Top 6, Top 10 or Top 20 of a specific tournament.

  4. Head 2 Head
    Both participants must start the race for bets to stand. If both of them fail to finish the event, bets will be void, unless it is a multistage event. In that case the player that completes later stage will be settled as winner. For example, if Player A withdraws or gets disqualified in 1st Round and Player B finishes 1st Round, Player B will be the winner.
    If both of them withdraw or get disqualified at the same stage – bets will be void.

SnookerTop

  1. General

    Match-up betting is based upon the correct selection of the player who officially wins the match.

    In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void unless the specific market outcome is already determined.

    In the event of a match not starting at all, all bets will be refunded.

    In case of retirement all bets that cannot be settled by the current score will be voided, not starting at all, all bets will be refunded.

    Frame betting is based upon the correct selection of the final score of a snooker match. In the event of a match starting, but not being completed or not starting at all, all bets will be refunded.

  2. Money line
    Predict which player will win the match.
    In the event of a match starting but not being completed the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.
    In the event of a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.

  3. Handicap Betting (including Alternatives)/Asian Handicap/Frame Betting/Total Frames (including Alternatives)/Asian Total/Correct Score
    If the statutory number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void.
    In the event of disqualification or retirement, bets will be void. In the event of a match starting but not being completed for whatever reason or a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.

  4. Over/Under
    If the statutory number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void.
    In the event of a disqualification or retirement, bets will be void. In the event of a match starting but not being completed for whatever reason or a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.

  5. 1st Frame Markets
    In the event of the first frame not being completed, bets will be void unless the outcome has already been determined.

  6. First Legally Potted Colour/To Pot First Ball/To Pot Last Ball
    In the event of a re-rack the original frame will count for settlement purposes providing a color/ball has been potted. Settlement will be determined by official tournament sources. Betting does not include foul shots.

  7. First Frame Player Total Points Odd/Even
    For settlement purposes zero counts as Even.

  8. First Frame Total Points
    In the event of a re-rack all points count towards First Frame Total.

  9. Frame Breaks
    In the event of a re-rack breaks of above 50 and 100 counts before and after a re-rack is agreed.

  10. First Frame Foul
    In the event of a re-rack a foul can occur any time before or after a re-rack is agreed.

  11. Match to go to the Deciding Frame
    If the original scheduled number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void. All bets void if match is not completed.

  12. 147 in the Match
    In the event of a match starting but not being completed, bets will be void unless the outcome of the specific market is already determined.

  13. Number of Centuries in the Match
    If the original scheduled number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void, unless the outcome has already been determined. In the event of a disqualification or retirement, bets will be void.

  14. Highest Break in the Match
    In the case of a re-rack only the highest break in the officially counting frame will determine settlement. If the original scheduled number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void.

  15. 1st to 3 Frames
    Predict which will be the first to reach 3 Frames. Either player must win 3 frames for bets to stand.

    Score After 1st 4 Frames: The first 4 frames must be completed for bets to stand.

  16. Asian Handicap
    Predict which player will win the match after the handicap scores have been applied.

  17. Matchbet And Totals
    Predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under X frames played in the match from the given options.

  18. Team Score Over/Under
    Predict the total points scored by a certain player in the specified frame.

  19. To Go to Deciding Frame
    Predict whether the match will be decided in the final possible frame (e.g., frame 11 in a best-of-11). For the bet to be settled as “Yes,” the match must reach the deciding frame regardless of outcome. If the match is not completed, the bet is void.

  20. 147 Break Recorded
    Predict whether any player will make a maximum 147 break at any point during the tournament. A 147 must be officially recognized and completed in a single visit. Bets are void if the tournament is not completed.

  21. To Make the Highest Break in Tournament
    Predict which player will make the highest single break of the tournament. Dead heat rules apply in case multiple players share the highest break. The bet is void if the selected player does not participate.

  22. Quarter X Winner
    Bets are placed on which player will win a particular quarter of the draw (1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th).

SpecialsTop

  1. General
    All Specials markets are singles only. Unless otherwise stated, if a selection does not participate in an event, all bets on that selection will be settled as losers. Settlement of Special markets will be determined based on results that are publicly announced by the official organizers of the events, where relevant. In the absence of an official organizer of an event, bets will be settled based on information sourced from reliable media sources. For Politics and Next Leader betting, interim leaders do not count as winning selections.

  2. Politics
    Bets will be settled based on the official results to be announced - posted by the relevant authorities of the country in which the elections are held. Later appeals or court decisions regarding the official result or the official winner of elections do not count for settlement reasons. Candidates who withdraw will be settled as losers.

  3. UK Elections
    All betting within a given election is singles only. Accumulative bets accepted in error will be settled as singles with the stake apportioned. Settlement of all bets will be based on the total votes cast and counted at the time of the election, and not on any subsequent legal challenge. Party Totals will be counted based on the party that the elected MPs stood for in the election and will not be altered based on any subsequent defections. The Speaker, if seeking re-election, will not count as an MP of any party. Any constituency that has its election postponed from the normal polling day will not count for settlement purposes. Constituency betting on such a seat will be made void. Bets on an Overall Majority require the Party to win an absolute majority of the seats contested on polling day (e.g. 326 out of 650). If no party does so then “No Majority” will be settled as the winner. If some MPs [e.g. Sinn Fein] do not take their seats that does not change the requirement under this rule. Next Government and Prime Minister after the next General Election will be settled based on the first government formed after the General Election. For the avoidance of doubt, that government must pass a Queen’s Speech or win a confidence motion in the House of Commons. For a party to be considered part of a coalition they must have representation in the Cabinet. A minority government is one in which the parties forming a coalition have fewer than 326 seats. Turnout bets will be settled on UK-wide turnout on the scheduled polling day. Vote Share Betting, including Most Votes, will apply on GB seats only (so excluding Northern Ireland), unless otherwise specified.

  4. Next Party Leader Markets
    Temporary, Interim and Caretaker leaders do not count, bets will be settled on the candidate who is announced as the permanent new party leader following the outcome of a leadership vote or any other selection process.

  5. US Elections
    All bets are settled on the winner of the election and not on the person who is inaugurated. Bets on Total U.S. Electoral College Votes will be settled based on the vote in each state (and in each Congressional district in Maine and Nebraska) on the day of the election, and not on the actual meeting of the electoral college. US Primaries and Caucuses - All markets will be settled on vote share, and not on the national delegate count arising from the vote. Where vote share is not declared, as in some caucuses, then we will use the number of state delegates or equivalents won to settle the market.

  6. Next Party Leader Markets
    Temporary, Interim and Caretaker leaders do not count, bets will be settled on the candidate who is announced as the permanent new party leader following the outcome of a leadership vote or any other selection process.

  7. Eurovision Song Contest
    Settlement will be based on the official results. Bets are settled as losers if a country does not finish a competition, e.g. through disqualification. Eurovision Song Contest Handicap Betting - Settlement will be at the odds displayed using the actual number of points awarded to each country, adjusted for the handicap. Match Betting - Bets settled on the country who finishes highest in the official final result. All match bets are offered for the final, unless otherwise stated. Group Betting (inc Top Nordic, Top Baltic etc.) - Bets settled on the country who finishes highest in the official final result. If all countries in the group fail to reach the final all bets will be void. Any Country to Get Null Points - This market refers to the final only. Max 12’s Received from The Juries – Bets settled on the number of juries that give a specific country the maximum 12 points, as shown on the official website. Public televoting does not count for the purpose of this market.

  8. Snow on Christmas Day
    Snow to be recorded falling at the London Weather Centre for bets placed on snowfall in London, or at other relevant city airports for bets placed on snowfall at all other cities on dates displayed. British Weather Services will determine the final results. Singles only.

  9. Sports Personality of The Year
    To Win Outright, Winning Sport, Top Three Finish, Straight Forecast; markets will be settled based on the awards presented on the evening of the ceremony. Matchups will be settled based on the official voting figures released after the award ceremony.

  10. Strictly Come Dancing
    To Be Evicted First - If two or more are evicted in a single show then the winner will be deemed to be the first participant evicted. Next Elimination Market - Where one listed participant does not take part then a Rule 4 (Deductions) may apply. Where two or more listed participants do not take part, then the market is void. Gender of Winner - Settlement is based on the celebrities’ gender. Match-Ups - The first participant evicted will be deemed the loser.

  11. X Factor
    To Be Evicted First - Settlement will be based on the first named participant to be evicted in a specified week/show. To Be Evicted 2-Way - A Yes/No market will be settled on the result of a specified week/show. Match-Ups - The act progressing furthest in the competition is deemed the winner. If two acts go on the same week/show, the first participant evicted will be deemed the loser. For Next Elimination market, where one listed participant does not take part then a Rule 4 (Deductions) may apply. Where two or more listed participants do not take part, then the market is void. To Finish Bottom in Flash Vote - Winner is the act who is announced to have the lowest votes from the Flash Vote and therefore goes into the sing off. If the Flash Vote does not take place, then bets are void. To Be in Sing Off 2-Way - A Yes/No market will be settled on the result of a specified week/show. Next Manager to Lose an Act - All participants must perform for bets to stand. If an artist has (solo) listed after their name, and that artist subsequently joins a group, bets will be settled as losers. If a solo artist does not have (solo) listed after their name, and that artist subsequently joins a group, bets will be void. Bottom 3/Bottom 2 - The specified number of acts must be named in a given week/show for bets to stand. Acts named in the bottom 3 or 2 (dependent on market offered) for a specified week/show are deemed winners. Deadlock - The market is determined as Yes There Will be Deadlock/No There Will Not be Deadlock in a specified week/show. First Act Announced Safe - Settlement is determined by the first act announced as safe, in a specified week/show. Top 3 Finish (Whole Competition) - Settlement is based on results of the whole series/competition. For Winning Groups/Girls/Over’s/Boys markets’, Winning Manager, Winning Category, First Category to Lose All Acts, First Manager Eliminated; should a listed mentor be replaced all bets will stand.
    For all markets, should an individual participant or group change their name during the course of the series all bets will stand, and the new name version will be deemed the same as the original name version for settlement purposes.

  12. Other Reality Shows
    Bets will be settled on the official results. If two or more participants are evicted in a specified eviction market and the order of eviction is clear, then this will be used for settlement purposes. Evictees and walk-outs will be settled as losers. A contestant leaving by other than an eviction before a nomination round has taken place will be deemed a non-runner for that eviction and a Rule 4 (Deductions) may apply. Others may be added to the market at any time.

SquashTop

  1. General
    If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets that have not been decided will be considered void.

  2. Correct Score
    Predict the final score of the match.

  3. Home Away
    Predict the winner of the match.

  4. Odd/Even
    Predict if the total number of points played in the set/match will be an odd or even number.

  5. Point Winner
    Bet on a participant to win the mentioned point. If the respective point is not played because the game or match has ended, all bets on that point will be void. If the mentioned point is awarded as a penalty point, all bets on that point will be void.

  6. Points Over/Under
    Predict if the number of points played in the set/match will be over or under the chosen parameter.

  7. Set Handicap
    Bet on one of the participants to win the match with the chosen line of handicap.

  8. Winning Margin
    Predict the difference between the number of points won by the winner and loser in the set/match.

SumoTop

  1. In the event of a draw all bets will be void and stakes returned.
    If either fighter is replaced with another fighter all bets will be void and stakes returned.

SwimmingTop

  1. Unless otherwise stated, all bets on athletics are determined based on the result after the official stage of that competition. If neither of the listed participants takes part in the final stage, all bets will be voided, unless the governing association follows specific tie-breaking procedures, in which case these will be considered valid.

  2. All bet offers will be settled based on the first official result being presented. However, The Operator will settle/resettle accordingly, following any changes to the official result issued within 24 hours after the event has taken place. For such eventuality to be considered, the protest must be attributable to incidents happening exclusively during the event, such as a line infringement, pushes or a false handover in a relay race, etc. No doping cases will be considered. The result available at the end of the aforementioned 24 hours will be considered as binding regardless of any further protests, changes to the official result, etc.

  3. If two or more participants take part in different heats during a competition, all Head-to-Head offers between them will be considered voided, unless there is a later stage in the competition that at least one of them qualifies for.

  4. In 2-way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.

  5. The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

  6. A participant who is disqualified due to the infringement of the start procedure (false start) will be considered to have taken part in the event. All bets placed on him will be considered as valid.

Table TennisTop

  1. General

    In the event of a match starting but not being completed for any reason, all bets on the outcome of the match will be voided, except for those on markets which have been unconditionally determined.

    In case of team matches, in the event of a matchup between players being played twice, only the first result counts.

    If a player does not start a tournament or match, then all bets on that player will be voided.

    In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts all bets will be void.

  2. CorrectScore
    Predict the correct score in the specified market,i.e. Correct Match Score, Correct Game 1 Score, etc.

  3. Correct Score After 2 Sets
    Predict the exact scoreline between the two teams after 2 sets (e.g.,2–0, 1–1, 0–2). The bet is settled strictly on the result after two full sets have been played.

  4. Correct Score After 3 Sets
    Predict the exact scoreline between the two teams after 3 sets (e.g.,3–0, 2–1, 1–2, 0–3). The bet is settled based on the match score at that point, regardless of what happens in subsequent sets.

  5. Home Away, Whole Match/Set
    Predict the winner of the match/set. In the event of a match starting but not being completed for any reason, all bets on the outcome of the match will be voided, except for those on markets which have been unconditionally determined.

  6. Odd / Even, Whole Match/1stSet
    Predict whetherthe points withina specified marketfinish odd or even. In the event of a match starting but not being completedfor any reason, all bets on the outcome of the match will be voided, except for those on markets which have been unconditionally determined.

  7. Points Over/Under, Whole Match/1st Set
    Predict the total number of points scored in a specified market. In the event of a match startingbut not beingcompleted for any reason, all bets on the outcomeof the match will be voided, except for those on markets which have been unconditionally determined.

  8. Set Handicap, Whole Match
    Predict the winner of the match once the set handicapvalue has been applied.

  9. Player PointsWon Over/Under, WholeMatch
    Predict the total numberof points won by each player in a specified market.

  10. Points Handicap
    Predict the winnerof the match once the point handicapvalue has been applied.

TaekwondoTop

  1. Outright Betting is all-in compete or not. Where applicable the podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  2. Prices are offered for each fighter to win the fight and in the event of a draw all bets will be void and stakes returned. If either fighter is replaced with another fighter all bets will be void and stakes returned.

TennisTop

  1. In case of retirement, disqualification or change of surface, all bets that cannot be settled by the current score will be voided.

  2. Sets Betting: If a tennis match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all undecided set bets will be considered voided.

    Example: Game Federer - Wawrinka, Federer retired at 6-7 4-4.

    1. I win if I placed a bet on First Set Winner Wawrinka;

    2. I get my stake back if I placed bets on the Second Set Winner Federer;

    3. I get my stake back if I place bets on Match Winner Wawrinka.

  3. Delay or Suspension: If a tennis match is completed, all bets stand as written. A delay in the start of a match will not affect the standing of bets, nor will a suspension, as long as play is resumed, and the match completed.

  4. In the event a match does not go the specified number of sets, and the match is shortened by tournament officials, the leader determined to be official by tournament officials shall be the winner.;

    Example: A match is scheduled for 5 sets, but only 3 sets can be played because of the weather. The leader at the end of 3 sets would be declared the winner of the match.

    All outright bets will be unaffected by change of surface or venue.

    All tournament results/statistics shall be settled using the official Tournament website.

  5. Winner Full Time including Live Betting:
    If the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void.

  6. Total Games (over/under full event)
    In the event of retirement, disqualification or change of surface mid-match, bets will be voided unless there is no conceivable way the set and/or match can be played to its natural conclusion without unconditionally determining the result of that market. For example, if first set score is 6-4, second set score is 3-1 and retire happens, game over under 16.5 or fewer in match will be settled as winners/losers respectively, since any natural conclusion to the match would have at least 17 games. Bets on over/under 17.5 or more will be voided.

  7. Asian Handicap & O/U Sets Full Time including Live Betting:
    Refers to the sets played in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of sets accumulated by both players. If the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void. A super tie break is considered as one game for bets on O/U.

  8. Game handicap full event:
    If not played, all bets on game handicap will be voided. In case of events that have started but not finished, bets will be voided except for the ones that can be settled with the current score (Example: Handicap -5 game; score: 7-6; 6-7; 5-5, the bet will be settled as lost because in no scenario the player can win by this difference).

  9. Total Set Games (over/under):
    Finished set stand, the unfinished set can be played to its natural conclusion and settled as in the example:

    Example: A set is abandoned at 4-4

    1. I win if I placed a bet on Over 9.5 (since any natural conclusion to the set would have at least 10 games);

    2. I lost the bet if I placed a bet on Under 9.5 (since any natural conclusion to the set would have at least 10 games);

    3. I get my stake back if I placed a bet on O/U 10.5 (it is undecided, the set could have ended 6-4).

  10. Point Winner / 1st Point Winner:
    Predict which player will win the stated point. The nominated point will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set - 5 th game – 1st Point Winner. If a point is not played for any reason – it is awarded by the umpire as a penalty point, the game or the match is over before the point is played, a player withdraws, etc. – bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.

  11. Game Winner:
    Predict which player will win the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 2ndset – 7 th game – Winner. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.

  12. Champion's Tie-break:
    For all bets referring to the number of games played, a "Champion's Tie-break" is counted as one game.

  13. Total Tie Break / Tie Break in a match including Live Betting:
    Total Tie Break is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of tie breaks in the match. A super tie break is not considered as a tie break for bets on Total Tie Break. If there was a Tie Break in an unfinished event, bets will be valid. If there's no Tie Break in an unfinished event, bets will be void.

  14. Number Of Tiebreaks In Match / Tiebreak Winner In "X" Set:
    Predict the exact number of Tiebreaks during each match - 1, 2 or 3.If the full statutory number of sets hasn't been completed, all bets will be deemed as void.
    Money Line Winner for each possible set if there is a Tiebreak to be played. If there is already one or more sets with registered tiebreak winner - all bets for that market will be valid for settlement.

    A match tie-break or Super Tie-break will be considered a game and does not count as a tie-break.

  15. Game Exact Score:
    Predict the points of the winner and their opponent in the stated game by choosing from the given options. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 8th game – Exact Score. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void.

  16. Game To Deuce:
    Predict if a score of 40-40 will occur at any stage of the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 4th game – Game To Deuce. “Yes”, meaning there will be a score of 40-40 in the game. “No”, meaning that a score of 40-40 will not occur in the game. If a game is not played for any reason or it is abandoned before a score of 40-40 is reached, bets on it will be void. Once a score of 40-40 is reached, bets on that game will be settled, even if the game is abandoned for any reason at a later stage.

  17. Game Total Points:
    3 way bet type to predict Over, Under or the exact given number of points will be played in a stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 2nd game – Total Points. If a game is not played for any reason, bets on it will be void. If a game is abandoned due to injury or withdrawal, bets on it will be void, unless the respective settlement is already determined. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.

  18. Number of Games:
    Total games of both players in a set/match. If a game is abandoned due to injury or withdrawal, bets on it will be void, unless the respective settlement is already determined.

  19. Race to X Games
    Predict the name of the participant who reaches the quoted number of games first.

  20. Set 1 Score After 4 Games
    Predict the score after 4 played games. If the set is not completed all bets are void, unless the market has already been determined.

  21. Set 1 Score After 6 Games
    Predict the score after 6 played games. If the set is not completed all bets are void, unless the market has already been determined.

  22. Games including Live Betting
    Games betting refers to the games played in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of games accumulated by both players. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed or changed. A tie break is considered as one game for Games purposes. A super tie break is considered as one game for all Games bets.

  23. Points Won Over Under
    Predict the total won points by each player, in x game, n set.

  24. Player to Win At Least One Set / Player to Win At Least Two Sets
    Predict if any of the two Players will or will not win at least 1 set during the match.
    Predict if any of the two Players will or will not win at least 2 sets during the match.
    If there was already one or two finished set(s) bets will be valid for settlement.

  25. Exact Score (Set Betting) including Live Betting
    Predict the sets score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed or changed.

  26. Total Player Games including Live Betting
    Predict the number of games achieved by a player in a match. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets has not completed or changed. A tie break is considered as one game for Games purposes. A super tie break is considered as one game for all Games bets.

  27. Double Result
    Predict a player to win or lose the 1st set and then go on to win or lose the match. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed.

  28. Total Aces
    Total Aces is like Asian and Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of aces accumulated by both players. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  29. First Ace
    Predict which player will serve the first ace in the match. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

  30. Most Aces
    Betting on the player to hit most aces in the match.
    In the event of a player being disqualified or waived, all bets will be void unless the settlement has been determined.

  31. To Win 1st Point
    Predict which player will win the first point. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

  32. To Win 1st Game
    Predict which player will win the first game. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

  33. 1st to win 3 games
    Predict which player will be the first to win three games. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

  34. First Break
    Predict which player will break the opponent’s service game first.
    All bets will be void if a break does not take place. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

  35. Double Faults
    Refers to the double faults served in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of double faults accumulated by both players. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed or changed.

  36. First Double Fault
    Predict which player will serve the first double fault in the match. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

  37. Most Double Faults
    Betting on the player to hit most double faults in the match.
    In the event of a player being disqualified or waived, all bets will be void unless the settlement has been determined.

  38. Fastest Serve
    Predict which player will serve the fastest serve in the match in KM/H or MPH as stated in the bet type name.

  39. Winning Margin
    Predict the difference of total number of games won by winner and loser. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed or changed.

  40. To Hold First Service Game
    Predict if the player holds the first service game in the first set.

  41. Game of First Service Break
    Predict in which game is the first service break taking place. All bets will be void if a break does not take place.

  42. Total Service Breaks
    Predict how many service breaks will take place.

  43. Lose 1st Set and Win the Match
    The player lost the 1st set but wins the match in the end. If a match is not completed because of a player retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  44. Race To X Points
    Predict the name of the participant who reaches the quoted number of points first.

  45. Points Handicap
    Predict the participant who will win the game with the handicap parameter in that set.

  46. Points Over Under
    Predict the total game points over under in x game, n set.

  47. 1st Set to Hit Most Aces
    Predicts which player will hit most aces in the 1st set. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.
    If there are no aces, bets will be void.

  48. Win and Total games
    Combined Match Result and Total games. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  49. Player X Not to face Break Point in Match
    Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  50. Player X Not to Lose Serve in Match
    Tie-breaks do not count as a service game.
    The player must not be broken at any point during the match.
    Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  51. Player X to Win Point in Every Return Game in Match
    Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  52. First Player to Lose a Service Game
    Predicts which player will lose a service game first. Tie-breaks do not count a service game. For this to be a winner, the player specified must lose a service game.

  53. Any Set To Nil
    Predict if either of the sets played will finish in 6 games.

  54. Ace - All Games (Xth game Yth set)
    Predict if there will be an ace in the quoted game.

  55. Double Fault (Xth game Yth set)
    Predict if there will be a double fault in the quoted game.

  56. Points Won Over/Under (Xth game Yth set)
    Predict if the number of points won by a given player is over or under a certain threshold.

  57. Break Point
    Predict if there will be at least one break point in the respective game.

  58. Score After 3 Points
    Predict what the score will be in the respective game after the first 3 points are played (ex: 30:15, 40:0).

  59. Server to Win to 0 or 15
    Predict if the server will win the respective game to 0 or 15.

  60. Server to Win to 0, 15 or 30
    Predict if the server wins the respective game to 0, 15 or 30.

  61. Both Players to Win a Set
    Predict if each player wins at least one set.

  62. Matchbet and Both Players to Win a Set
    Bet on the result of the match with the assumption that both players will win at least one set.

  63. Lead After X Games
    Bet on which player will lead after an even number of games. Draw outcome is also available.

  64. Score After 2 Games
    Predict what the score will be after the first 2 games of the set are played.

  65. Score After 4 Games
    Predict what the score will be after the first 4 games of the set are played.

  66. Score After 6 Games
    Predict what the score will be after the first 6 games of the set are played.

  67. Correct Score Group
    Bet on the final score of the set to be equal to one of the listed results.

  68. Correct Score Any Player
    Bet on the correct score of the set for any player.

  69. Score After 4 Points
    Predict the correct score of the mentioned game after the first 4 points have been played (ex: Player X wins game to 0, leads 40-15 or the score is tied 30-30).

  70. Set With Highest Game Count (1st/2nd Set)
    Predict whether the 1st or 2nd set will contain more games. Tiebreaks count toward the total number of games. If both sets have the same number of games, the bet is settled as a push.

  71. Player to Win or Lead by 2 Sets
    Predict whether the selected player will either win the match or have led by two sets at any point. For example, a player leading 2–0 but eventually losing still results in a winning bet.

  72. Player to Win Exactly One Set
    Predict whether the selected player will win exactly one set in the match. The bet is settled as “Yes” only if the player wins one set and no more.

  73. Player to Win Exactly Two Sets
    Predict whether the selected player will win exactly two sets in the match. The bet is settled as “Yes” only if the player wins two sets and no more.

  74. Aces (Milestones)
    Predict whether a milestone number of total aces will be reached during the match.
    Player Aces (Milestones):
    Predict whether the indicated player will reach a milestone number of aces during the match.

  75. Double Faults (Milestones)
    Predict whether a milestone number of total double faults will be reached during the match.

  76. Player Double Faults (Milestones)
    Predict whether the indicated player will reach a milestone number of double faults during the match.

  77. Outright
    Predict the winner of the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void.

  78. Tournament to be Won Without Dropping a Set
    Predict whether a named player will win the tournament without losing a single set in any match. The bet is settled as “Yes” only if the player wins the final and has not lost any sets throughout the tournament. Retirements or walkovers by opponents do not count as sets dropped.

  79. Players to Meet in the Tournament
    Predict whether two specified players will face each other during the tournament. The bet is settled as “Yes” only if they play a match against each other. Both players must participate in the tournament for the bet to stand.

  80. To Win X or More Grand Slams
    Predict whether a named player will win at least X (e.g. 2 or more) Grand Slam titles within the specified season or time period. Grand Slam titles include the Australian Open, French Open, Wimbledon, and US Open.

  81. To Reach X or More Grand Slam Finals
    Predict whether a player will reach at least X (e.g. 2 or more) Grand Slam finals in the specified season or time period. A final appearance means the player must contest the championship match.

  82. Player Number of Grand Slam Wins
    Predict the exact number of Grand Slam titles a named player will win during the specified time period. All four majors count (Australian Open, French Open, Wimbledon, and US Open). If the player does not participate in any Grand Slam tournament, the bet is void.

  83. Player to Reach Round
    Predict whether a player will reach a specified round (e.g., Quarter-Final, Semi-Final) in the tournament. The player must officially start the match in the round for the bet to be settled as “Yes.” Withdrawals before the round result in void bets.

  84. Winning Half
    Bets are placed on which half of the tournament draw (top or bottom) will produce the winner. The outcome is determined by the official tournament draw and the champion. If the tournament structure is altered in a way that affects the draw's balance, all bets will be void.

  85. Winning Quarter
    Bets are placed on which quarter of the draw (1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th) will produce the tournament winner. Settlement is based on the official tournament draw and the champion's placement. If the quarter structure changes, all bets are void.

  86. Quarter X Winner
    Bets are placed on which player will win a particular quarter of the draw (1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th).

  87. Unseeded Finalist?
    Bets are placed on whether an unseeded player will reach the tournament final. The bet is won if at least one unseeded player competes in the final.

  88. Head-to-Head
    Predict which player will reach the higher round in (or win) the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void. Push rules apply. Both players must start the tournament.

  89. Unseeded Winner?
    Bets are placed on whether an unseeded player will win the tournament. The bet is won if an unseeded player wins the final match.

  90. Wild Card to Reach Final?
    Bets are placed on whether a wild card entrant will reach the tournament final. The bet is won if a wild card player competes in the final. If no wild card players are included in the draw, all bets are void.

  91. Qualifier to Reach Final?
    Bets are placed on whether a qualifier will reach the tournament final. The bet is won if a qualifier competes in the final match.

  92. Wild Card Winner?
    Bets are placed on whether a wild card entrant will win the tournament. The bet is won if a wild card entrant wins the final match. If no wild card entrants participate in the tournament, all bets are void.

  93. Qualifier Winner?
    Bets are placed on whether a qualifier will win the tournament. The bet is won if a qualifier wins the final match.

  94. First Time Winner?
    Bets are placed on whether the tournament will be won by a player achieving their first-ever title at the same competition. The bet is won if the winner has never previously won the competition.

  95. Player Stage of Elimination
    Bets are placed on the stage at which a specific player will be eliminated (e.g., Quarterfinal, Semifinal, Final). Settlement is based on the official tournament results. If the player withdraws before completing their first match, all bets on that player are void. If the player withdraws mid-tournament, their stage of elimination will be considered the last round they completed.

  96. Match Doubles
    Match result with most aces, least aces, most doubles faults, least doubles faults in the event.
    The customer is betting on which player will win the two named markets.
    Equal number of aces or equal number of double faults will be deemed as a losing bet.
    In the event of disqualification or retirement all bets will be void unless the settlement of the bet has already been determined.

  97. Match Trebles
    Match result with most/least aces and most/least double faults in the match.
    Customer is betting on which player will win the three named markets.
    Equal number of aces or equal number of double faults will be deemed as a losing bet.
    In the event of disqualification or retirement all bets will be void unless the settlement of the bet has already been determined.

  98. Total Breaks in the Tournament
    A break is when a player loses their service game. The total amount of breaks played in every match across the named tournament.

  99. Total Tie-breaks in the Tournament
    The total amount of Tie-break played in every match across the named tournament.

  100. Highest 1st Serve percentage
    Predict the player to get the most first serves in throughout the match. If the 1st serve percentage is tied the bet is lost.

  101. Total breaks of serve in the match
    Predicts how many times each player will lose their service game in the match. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player’s retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

  102. Player to win X or more Grand Slams before 2025
    Player must win X Grand Slams before 31st December 2024.

  103. First New Number 1
    Customer is betting on a new player to be ranked as ATP number 1 in the world who has never achieved this ranking before. If a Player not in the selections reaches ATP number 1 in the world bets will be void.

  104. Simulated Reality Leagues
    The Operator, via BetRadar, a well-known and independent sports odds provider, offers Simulated Reality Leagues (SRL).
    Thanks to the large number of past matches and statistics collected over many years, we are able to have a very good representation of what each player is most likely to do during each minute of the game.
    From that data and thanks to the algorithm developed, we manage to transform those collected information from the previous hundreds of match statistics of each players into news odds and outcome for something totally realistic. Ultimately, BetRadar creates the betting odds available on our website where you can place bets at any moment of the day.
    These “Simulated Matches” are played in the best of 3 Sets as a normal match.
    Betting rules for Virtual Tennis (SRL) are identical to the Betting Rules for Tennis.
    All bets are settled based on the official site of the provider.

Tennis – Simulated Reality LeaguesTop

  1. Fitzbet, via BetRadar, a well-known and independent sports odds provider, offers Simulated Reality Leagues (SRL).
    Thanks to large number of past matches and statistics collected during many years, we are able to have a very good representation of what each player are most likely to do during each minute of the game.
    From those data and thanks to the algorithm developed, we manage to transform those collected information from the previous hundreds match statistics of each players into news odds and outcome for something totally realistic. It is a perfect representation of what each player are most likely to do during each minute of the game. Ultimately, BetRadar creates the betting odds available on our website where you can place bets at any moment of the day.
    These "Simulated Matches" are played in best of 3 Sets as a normal match. You can bet on events where you will find all your favorites and famous men and women players.

  2. Betting rules for Virtual Tennis(SRL) are identical as the Betting Rules for Tennis.

TriathlonTop

    The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

  1. Outright
    Predict the winner of the stage, race (it will be specified in the name of the outright). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will not be void.

  2. Top 4, 5, 6, 10, 20 Finish
    A Player to finish within the Top 4, Top 5, Top 6, Top 10 or Top 20 of a specific tournament.

  3. Head 2 Head
    Both participants must start the race for bets to stand. If both fail to finish the event, bets will be void, unless it is a multistage event. In that case the player that completes the later stage will be settled as winner. For example, if Player A withdraws or gets disqualified in 1st Round and Player B finishes 1st Round, Player B will be the winner.
    If both of them withdraw or get disqualified at the same stage – bets will be void.

TrottingTop

  1. All bets on Trotting will be settled from the official source for the relevant country. Based on the official result, the horse with the highest finishing position will be deemed the winner. Unless otherwise stated, if a selection does not participate in a race, all bets on that selection will be settled as losers.

  2. If a race is cancelled or postponed, all bets on the race will be void.

Virtual SportsTop

  1. A virtual betting event takes place every 5 minutes.

  2. Bets on the next event are accepted until the "bets closed" message appears on the screen, after which the bet will be allocated to the successive event.

  3. When the event is not specified by the customer, bets are registered on the next event.

  4. Winnings can be collected once the result of an event is displayed on the results screen.

  5. A customer who places any bet on these events takes sole responsibility for their actions in placing a bet, and for checking their ticket to ensure it correctly reflects their chosen bet. The customer will not hold the operator liable for any loss or damage suffered. The operator will also not be liable for any system malfunction that may result in the nullification, cancellation or refund of a bet at any time.

  6. No horses or greyhounds are scratched from virtual races.

  7. If any events are cancelled for whatever reason, outstanding bets on the affected events will be paid at settled at 1:1.

  8. Bet types offered may be altered from time to time.

  1. Race Event Bet Types – Single Selection

    • Win: Select a runner to finish 1st.
    • Place: Select a runner to finish in 1st, 2nd or 3rd place in a race with 8 runners or more, and 1st, or 2nd in a 6-runner greyhound race.
    • Each-way ("Fractional Place¨ bet in some fractional odds markets): Select a runner to win or place. This bet consists of two bets on one selection in one event, with the first bet on the runner to win and the second bet on the runner to place. The place bet pays at a fraction of the win odds as specified on the event data.

  2. The Each-Way bet is not offered in most countries. The game system can be configured to set the "place" odds at a fixed proportion of the win odds of the selection as follows: Greyhounds pays 1/5th of win odds / Horses pays 1/5th of win odds.

  3. Race Event Bet Types - Multiple Selection Combination Odds

  4. These bet markets carry different terms in different geographical regions. Our data service uses fixed odds ("bookie¨) terminology. The system can be configured to display pari-mutuel ("tote") terminology on the screen systems and video renders when required. These alternative bet names are shown in parentheses below.

    • Forecast (Exacta): Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd IN ORDER specified.
    • Combination Exacta: Some bet systems offer a player the option of selecting 2 or more selections to bet that every possible combination of two of the selections may finish 1st and 2nd in order. So for example: on 2 selections there are 2 bets (1-2, 2-1); on 3 selections there are 6 bets (1-2, 1-3, 2-1, 2-3, 3-1, 3-2); on 4 selections there are 12 bets, on 5 selections there are 20 bets and on 6 selections there are 30 bets etc. This is a bet-acceptance system that uses the Forecast odds in the feed service. The bet acceptance system works out all combinations.
    • Reverse Forecast (Quinella): Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd in ANY ORDER.
    • Tricast or Trifecta: Select 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd IN ORDER specified.
    • Combination Trifecta: Some bet systems offer a player the option of selecting 3 or more selections to bet that every possible combination of three of the selections may finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in order in an event. So, for example, on 3 selections there are 6 bets (1-2-3, 1-3-2, 2-1-3, 2-3-1, 3-1-2, 3-2-1); on 4 selections there are 24 bets; on 5 selections there are 60 bets and on 6 selections there are 120 bets. This is a bet acceptance system bet that uses the Tricast odds. The bet acceptance system works out all combinations.
    • Reverse Tricast or Trio: Select 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in ANY ORDER.

VolleyballTop

  1. General

    If a match is suspended before full time is reached, and not completed in 24 hours, bets on the outcome of the match are considered voided and all stakes shall be returned, except for those bets the outcome of which has already been determined at the time of abandonment.

    Change of Venue: If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be voided.

  2. Match Winner
    Predict the winner of the game. A best-of-five sets format is used. Golden Set is not counted for settling purposes.

  3. Live-Betting
    If the event is not completed, all bets will be void. Exceptions are made for bets on sets which are already over, in this case the bets will be settled. Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.

  4. Handicap
    Predict the winner of the game in sets. Bets are determined by sets accumulated by both teams, applying the given handicap. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed or changed.

  5. Over/Under
    Predict over or under a given number of sets will be played for the winner to be determined.

  6. Set Score
    Predict the sets' score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed or changed.

  7. Total Points
    Total Points is similar to Handicap and Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of points accumulated by both teams, and then by comparing these points with the handicap and/or over/under given before the match started.

  8. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th set Winner
    Predict the winner of the relevant set.

  9. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Handicap
    Predict the winner of the relevant set, considering the given point Handicap.

  10. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th set Over/Under
    Predict if the sum of the points scored by both teams in the relevant set will be over or under a given number.

  11. Match Odd/Even, 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th set Odd/Even
    Predict if the sum of the points scored by both teams in the match/relevant set will be an odd or an even number.

  12. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th set Winning Margin
    Predict by how many points a named team will win the relevant set.

  13. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th set Correct Score
    Predict the correct score in points of the relevant set.

  14. Total team points
    Predict if the points scored in the match by a relevant team will be over or under a given number.

  15. To Win At Least One Set
    Predict if a certain team will win at least one set in the match.

  16. Result After X Sets
    Predict which team will be leading after a specified number of sets (e.g., after 2 or 3 sets). The bet is settled based on the scoreline at the conclusion of the stated number of sets, regardless of the final match outcome.

  17. Double Chance After X Sets
    Predict a combined outcome after a specified number of sets — either Team A or Draw, Team B or Draw, or Team A or Team B. The “Draw” option is available only for even number of sets (e.g., 1–1 after 2 sets).

  18. Correct Score After 2 Sets
    Predict the exact scoreline between the two teams after 2 sets (e.g., 2–0, 1–1, 0–2). The bet is settled strictly on the result after two full sets have been played.

  19. Correct Score After 3 Sets
    Predict the exact scoreline between the two teams after 3 sets (e.g., 3–0, 2–1, 1–2, 0–3). The bet is settled based on the match score at that point, regardless of what happens in subsequent sets.

  20. Total Sets to Exceed the Score Limit
    Predict the number of sets that will exceed the score limit.

  21. Outright
    Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled according to the final league position, after play offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

  22. Group Winner
    Bets are settled according to the final Group position.

  23. Player Performance / H2H Players
    At the Player Performance markets (Points, Blocks/Aces etc.) the selected player must take part in the game /tournament for the bets to stand.
    At the H2H Players markets (Points, Blocks/Aces etc.) all the selected players must take part in the game/tournament for the bets to stand.
    If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
    Settlement will be made based on the official data of the competition.

Water PoloTop

    All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise. Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated. In the event of a match starting but not being completed then bets will be void.

  1. 1X2 At Full Time Excluding Overtime
    Predict the result for the game. Bets are made by selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away win:
    1 – Home Win, X – Draw, 2 – Away Win.
    If the game is abandoned, all bets are voided.

  2. Home Away at Full Time Including Overtime
    Predict which team will be the winner. The match must end for bets to stand.

  3. Asian Handicap at Full Time Excluding Overtime
    Predict the winner of a named period, applying the given handicap. The game must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  4. Odd or Even at Full Time Excluding Overtime
    A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals by both teams in a named period will add up to an odd or even number. The game must be completed for bets to have action, unless settlement of bets is already determined.

  5. Over Under at Full Time Excluding Overtime
    Predict if the total number of goals scored by both teams will be over or under a given number. If the game is abandoned, all bets are voided unless the bets are already decided.

  6. Team to Score Goal X
    Predict which team will score the X-th goal. Extra Time does not count for these markets, unless specified.

  7. Team to Score Goal X With Money Back on No goal
    Predict which team will score the quoted goal, for the specified period. If the quoted goal is not scored, the bets will be voided.

  8. Highest Scoring Event Part
    Predict in which Event Part will be scored most.

  9. Best Goalkeeper
    Predict which goalkeeper will be named the Best Goalkeeper of the tournament, as officially awarded by the organizing body. Settlement is based on the official announcement at the end of the competition. If no award is presented, all bets are void.

  10. Most Valuable Player
    Predict which player will be awarded the Most Valuable Player (MVP) title for a specific game, series, or tournament. All bets stand regardless of player participation unless the event or award is officially canceled. If the MVP is determined through voting or a subjective selection process, the official result will be used to settle bets. If no award is presented, all bets are void.

WeightliftingTop

    All-in compete or not. The podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  1. Outright
    Predict the winner of the stage (it will be specified in the name of the outright). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will not be void.

  2. Top 4, 5, 6, 10, 20 Finish
    A Player to finish within the Top 4, Top 5, Top 6, Top 10 or Top 20 of a specific tournament.

  3. Head 2 Head
    Both participants must start the race for bets to stand. If both fail to finish the event, bets will be void, unless it is a multistage event. In that case the player that completes later stage will be settled as winner. For example, if Player A withdraws or gets disqualified in 1st Round and Player B finishes 1st Round, Player B will be the winner.
    If both of them withdraw or get disqualified at the same stage – bets will be void.

Winter SportsTop

  1. General

    For events conducted over multiple stages, the settlement of bets will be determined based on the official final rankings issued by the governing body. This policy applies regardless of whether all scheduled stages of the event are completed, provided that at least one stage has been fully completed.

    In cases where the Overall markets are revised during the event, particularly between the completion of different stages, any bets placed after the conclusion of the most recently completed stage will be considered void. This ensures that the integrity of the betting markets is maintained and aligns with the principle of fairness for all participants.

    All bets are settled based on the official results or rankings provided by recognized governing bodies, including the International Ski Federation (FIS), the International Skating Union (ISU), the International Biathlon Union (IBU), the Official Olympic Committee, or any other official authority deemed competent for the event.

    Settlements account for any inquiries or jury decisions made within 24 hours of the event's start time. After this period, subsequent inquiries, disqualifications, or appeals will not impact the settlement of bets.

  2. Changes to Event Conditions
    If the conditions of an event are altered from those originally listed by the official governing body, all bets will be void unless the outcome of the bet has already been determined. This includes:
    Changes to the official distance(excluding Alpine Skiing).For Cross-Country Skiing and Biathlon, bets will be void if the official distance is modified but will remain valid if only the course distance is altered.
    Reductions in the number of rounds or changes to the order of events, except in Ski Jumping, where bets will stand if at least one round is completed in full (including restarts but excluding Winning Margin bets). In In-Play Ski Jumping, if an event concludes after the first round becomes the official result, bets placed after the first round will be void.

  3. Event Suspension, Postponement, and Venue Changes
    If an event is suspended or postponed, bets remain valid provided the event is completed at the same venuewithin 36 hours (excluding WinterOlympics and World Championships). Events held at a different venue or on a different course will render bets void, and stakes will be refunded.

  4. Participant-SpecificRules
    A participant must cross the starting line or gate for bets to stand; otherwise, bets will be void, and stakes refunded.
    Rule 4 (Deductions) may apply if a competitor withdraws or is disqualified beforethe event begins.
    Bets on participants who fail to qualify for the main round after participating in qualifiers will be settled as losses.

  5. Settlement Timing and Appeals
    For settlement purposes, results are determined at the time of the podium presentation. Subsequent disqualifications or appeals will not affect the settlement.

  6. Nordic Combined Betting
    In Nordic Combined betting, if provisional competition round results are used for the start of the cross-country race, all event bets will be void.

  7. Round/Run/Jump 1 Markets
    If an event is abandoned before the completion of the first round, bets will be void unless the outcome of the bet has already been determined.
    If an event restarts during the first round, all bets placed on In-Play markets before the restart will be void unless the outcome is already determined.

  8. Multi-Stage Events
    For multi-stage events, such as Cross-Country Skiing – Tour de Ski or Ski Jumping – 4 Hills, at leastone listed participant in a match-upmust complete the event for bets to stand. If match-ups are revisedduring the eventand one or both participants take no further part after bet placement, the bets will be void.

  9. Non-Starters
    If a participant does not start the official event, all betswill be void.

  10. Outright Betting
    This market involvespredicting the winner of a specified stageor race (as indicated in thebet title). If the participant does not startthe official event, bets will be void. Dead Heat rules apply.

  11. Podium Position
    Predict whether a participant will finish in one of the top three positions (1st,2nd, or 3rd). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will be void.

  12. Head-to-Head Markets
    Both participants must start the race for bets to stand.
    If neither participant finishes the event, bets will be void unless it is a multi-stage event. In such cases, the participant who completes the later stagewill be deemedthe winner.
    If one participant withdraws or is disqualified in the first round, and the other completes the first round, the latter will be considered the winner.

  13. Event Conditions and Changes
    Bets will be settled based on the winning intervals or ranges as listed by the event's official governing body.
    If the event’s conditions are altered (e.g., shorter course distances, fewer rounds, or changes to the order of events), all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

  14. Non-Finishers
    If a participant fails to finish the specified event, the result will be settled as the “X Position or Worse” option.

  15. Abandoned Events
    If an event is reduced to a single round or run, all bets will be void. Participants must start both rounds (unless they fail to qualify for the second round), or bets will be void.

  16. Market-Specific Rules
    To Lead After Round 1: If an event is abandoned before the completion of the first round, bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
    Biathlon Events: Settlement will be based on official shooting statistics provided by www.biathlonworld.com. If a participant starts but fails to finish, bets will be void except for outcomes already determined.
    Fastest 1st Shooting Time Match-Ups: If two participants recordthe same time, bets will be void.
    Fastest Range Time Match-Ups: Both participants must leave the start line for bets tostand.
    Qualifying Rounds and Rankings
    Markets related to qualifying stages or rounds will use results from official governing bodies.
    Qualification rankingsare determined by times, distances, or points as per FIS regulations. In cases of tied times:
    The participant with fewer FIS points will be deemedthe winner.
    If FIS points are not applicable, bets will be void.

  17. Match-Ups and Disqualifications
    If a participant is disqualified or withdraws after starting, the other participant will be deemed the winner, provided they complete the respective round.
    If both participants fail to qualifyfor subsequent rounds,bets will be settled basedon the first-round standings.

  18. Ski JumpingMarkets
    For In-Play Ski Jumping match betting, if an event is abandoned during the second round and first-round results are declaredofficial, bets placedafter the first round will be void.

  19. Biathlon-Specific Rules
    Time Match-Ups: Settlement will be based on course time only, excluding penalties for shooting.
    After First Shoot Match-Ups: Settlement will rely on the official Loop 1 Rank provided by www.biathlonresults.com.
    Leg Match-Ups:
    Both named participants must start the specified leg for bets to stand.
    Settlement will be based on changeover rank at the end of the specifiedleg as provided by www.biathlonresults.com or www.fis-ski.com.

  20. Podium Settlements
    "Podium" refersto positions 1st, 2nd, and 3rd in the official rankings.
    If an event isabandoned before the completion of the first leg, bets will be void. Subsequent disqualifications or appeals will not affect the settlement of bets.

WrestlingTop

  1. The podium presentation will determine the settlement of bets. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

  2. To Win Match - In the event of a draw all bets will be void and stakes returned. If either fighter is replaced with another fighter all bets will be void and stakes returned.